FORUM FUNDS INC
485APOS, 1997-10-17
Previous: PNC MORTGAGE SECURITIES CORP, S-3, 1997-10-17
Next: ENERGY PRODUCTION CO, PRER14A, 1997-10-17



    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 1997

                                                                File No. 2-67052
                                                               File No. 811-3023
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 47

                                       and

         REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                Amendment No. 49
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   FORUM FUNDS
                          (Formerly Forum Funds, Inc.)
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                   Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101
                     (Address of Principal Executive Office)

        Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: 207-879-1900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Max Berueffy, Esq.
                         Forum Financial Services, Inc.
                   Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                          Copies of Communications to:
                            Anthony C.J. Nuland, Esq.
                         Seward & Kissel 1200 G Street,
                                      N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20005
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

It is proposed  that this filing will become  effective:
    _____     immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (b)
    _____     on [ ] pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (b) 
    _____     60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(i)
    __X__     75 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485,  paragraph (a)(ii) 
    _____     on [ ] pursuant to Rule 485, paragraph (a)(ii)
    _____     this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for 
              a previously filed post-effective amendment

Registrant has registered an indefinite number of shares of beneficial  interest
under the  Securities  Act of 1933  pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, no fee is payable herewith. Registrant filed a
Rule 24f-2 notice for its most recent  fiscal year ended March 31, 1997,  on May
29, 1997.


<PAGE>


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                          (AS REQUIRED BY RULE 404(C))

                                     PART A
       (Prospectus offering Shares of Investors Bond Fund, Investors High
                    Grade Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund)
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                             <C> 
FORM N-1A                                                   LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
 ITEM NO.                                                         (CAPTION)
- ---------                                                   -----------------------
Item 1.           Cover Page:                               Cover Page

Item 2.           Synopsis:                                 Prospectus Summary

Item 3.           Condensed Financial
                  Information:                              Financial Highlights

Item 4.           General Description
                  of Registrant:                            Prospectus Summary; Investment Objective and
                                                            Policies; Other Information

Item 5.           Management of the Fund:                   Prospectus Summary; Management

Item 6.           Capital Stock and
                  Other Securities                          Investment Objective and Policies; Dividends and Tax
                                                            Matters; Other Information - The Trust and its Shares

Item 7.           Purchase of Securities
                  Being Offered:                            Purchases and Redemptions of Shares; Other
                                                            Information - Determination of Net Asset Value;
                                                            Management

Item 8.           Redemption or Repurchase
                  of Shares:                                Purchases and Redemptions of Shares

Item 9.           Pending Legal Proceedings                 Not Applicable
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                          (AS REQUIRED BY RULE 404(C))

                                     PART A
                            (All other Prospectuses)

                          Not Applicable in this Filing


<PAGE>


                                     PART B
   (SAI offering Shares of Maine Municipal Bond Fund, New Hampshire Bond Fund,
  Investors Bond Fund, Investors High Grade Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund)
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                           <C> 

                                                              LOCATION IN STATEMENT
FORM N-1A                                                   OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 ITEM NO.                                                           (CAPTION)
- ---------                                                   --------------------------
Item 10.          Cover Page:                               Cover Page

Item 11.          Table of Contents:                        Cover Page

Item 12.          General Information and History:          Management; Other Information

Item 13.          Investment Objectives and
                  Policies:                                 Investment Policies; Investment Limitations

Item 14.          Management of the Registrant:             Management

Item 15.          Control Persons and
                  Principal Holders of
                  Securities:                               Other Information

Item 16.          Investment Advisory
                  and Other Services:                       Management; Other Information - Custodian, Counsel,
                                                            Auditors

Item 17.          Brokerage Allocation
                  and Other Practices:                      Portfolio Transactions

Item 18.          Capital Stock and
                  Other Securities:                         Determination of Net Asset Value

Item 19.          Purchase, Redemption and
                  Pricing of Securities Being
                  Offered:                                  Determination of Net Asset Value; Additional Purchase
                                                            and Redemption Information

Item 20.          Tax Status:                               Taxation

Item 21.          Underwriters:                             Management

Item 22.          Calculation of
                  Performance Data:                         Performance Data

Item 23.          Financial Statements:                     Not Applicable
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                          (AS REQUIRED BY RULE 404(C))

                                     PART B
                                (All other SAIs)

                          Not Applicable in this Filing


<PAGE>


                                   FRONT COVER



<PAGE>


Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

FORUM FUNDS
   
   INVESTORS BOND FUND
   INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND
   TAXSAVER BOND FUND

                                              PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
                                               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                                 December __, 1997

This Prospectus offers shares of Investors Bond Fund,  Investors High Grade Bond
Fund and TaxSaver  Bond Fund (the  "Funds"),  each a  non-diversified  series of
Forum Funds (the "Trust"), an open-end, management investment company.
    

         INVESTORS  BOND FUND seeks to provide as high a level of current income
         as is consistent with capital preservation and prudent investment risk.
         The Fund  invests  primarily in a portfolio  of  investment  grade debt
         securities.

   
         INVESTORS  HIGH  GRADE  BOND FUND  seeks to  provide as high a level of
         current income as is consistent with capital  preservation  and prudent
         investment  risk.  The Fund  invests  primarily  in a portfolio of high
         grade debt securities.
    

         TAXSAVER BOND FUND seeks to provide  shareholders  with a high level of
         current  income  exempt  from  Federal  income  tax.  The Fund  invests
         principally in investment grade debt obligations  issued by the states,
         territories  and  possessions of the United States and their  political
         subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities.

Shares  of the Funds  are  offered  to  investors  at a price  equal to the next
determined  net asset  value plus a maximum  sales  charge of 3.75% of the total
public offering price (3.90% of the net amount invested).

   
This Prospectus  sets forth  concisely the information  concerning the Trust and
the Funds that a prospective  investor should know before  investing.  The Trust
has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") a Statement of
Additional  Information subject to completion 

<PAGE>

dated December __, 1997, as may be amended from time to time (the "SAI"),  which
contains  more detailed  information  about the Trust and the Funds and which is
incorporated  into this  Prospectus by reference.  The SAI is available  without
charge by contacting the Trust's  transfer agent,  Forum Financial Corp. at P.O.
Box 446, Portland, Maine, 04112, (207) 879-0001 or (800) 94FORUM.
    

    INVESTORS SHOULD READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND RETAIN IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                              <C>    <C>                                         <C>

                                                        Page                                                  Page
        1. Prospectus Summary.............................2     5.  Additional Investment Policies...........15
        2. Financial Highlights...........................4     6.  Management...............................19
        3. Investment Objective and Policies..............6     7.  Purchases and Redemptions of Shares......20
   
           Investors Bond Fund and                              8.  Dividends and Tax Matters................27
           Investors High Grade Bond Fund.................6     9.  Other Information........................29
    
           TaxSaver Bond Fund............................12
        4. Certain Risk Factors..........................14         Account Application
</TABLE>

FUND  SHARES ARE NOT  OBLIGATIONS,  DEPOSITS  OR  ACCOUNTS  OF, OR  ENDORSED  OR
GUARANTEED  BY,  ANY  BANK OR ANY  AFFILIATE  OF A BANK AND ARE NOT  INSURED  OR
GUARANTEED BY THE U.S.  GOVERNMENT,  THE FDIC, THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM OR ANY
OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<PAGE>



1. PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FUNDS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

         INVESTORS BOND FUND. The investment objective of the Fund is to provide
as high a level of current income as is consistent with capital preservation and
prudent investment risk. The Fund invests primarily in a portfolio of investment
grade debt securities.

   
         INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND. The investment objective of the Fund is
to provide  as high a level of  current  income as is  consistent  with  capital
preservation  and prudent  investment  risk.  The Fund  invests  primarily  in a
portfolio of high grade debt securities,  which are debt securities rated in one
of the three highest rating  categories by a nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organization ("NRSRO").
    

         TAXSAVER BOND FUND. The investment  objective of the Fund is to provide
shareholders with a high level of current income exempt from Federal income tax.
The Fund invests  principally in investment grade debt obligations issued by the
states,  territories  and  possessions of the United States and their  political
subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. See the "Investment Objectives and
Policies" sections.

FUND MANAGEMENT

     The Funds' investment adviser is Forum Advisors, Inc. (the "Adviser").  The
manager  of  the  Trust  is  Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC  ("FAS")  and
distributor of its shares is Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("FFSI").  Forum
Financial  Corp.  (the "Transfer  Agent") serves as the Trust's  transfer agent,
dividend disbursing agent and shareholder  servicing agent. Each of the Adviser,
FAS, FFSI and the Transfer Agent are located at Two Portland  Square,  Portland,
Maine 04101. See "Management."

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

         Shares of the Funds are offered at the  next-determined net asset value
per share plus any applicable  sales charge.  The minimum initial  investment is
$5,000  ($2,000  for IRAs;  $2,500 for  exchanges)  and the  minimum  subsequent
investment is $500.  Shares may be redeemed  without charge.  See "Purchases and
Redemptions of Shares."

EXCHANGE PROGRAM

         Shareholders  of the Funds may exchange their shares without charge for
the shares of certain other funds.  See "Purchases  and  Redemptions of Shares -
Exchanges."

DIVIDENDS
<PAGE>

         Dividends of net investment  income are declared daily and paid monthly
by each Fund and are  reinvested in Fund shares  unless a shareholder  elects to
have  them  paid  in  cash.  It is  anticipated  that  substantially  all of the
dividends  paid by TaxSaver Bond Fund will be exempt from Federal  income taxes,
including the Federal alternative minimum tax. See "Dividends and Tax Matters."

CERTAIN INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISK FACTORS
   

         There can be no  assurance  that any Fund will  achieve its  investment
objective,  and a Fund's net asset value and total return will  fluctuate  based
upon changes in the value of its portfolio securities.  Normally, the value of a
Fund's  investments  varies  inversely  with  changes in  interest  rates.  Upon
redemption,  an investment in a Fund may be worth more or less than its original
value.

         All investments made by the Funds entail some risk. The market value of
interest-bearing  debt  securities held by the Funds will be affected by changes
in interest rates. There is normally an inverse  relationship between the market
value of securities sensitive to prevailing interest rates and actual changes in
interest  rates.  The Funds'  investments  also are  subject  to  "credit  risk"
relating to the financial  condition of the issuers of the securities  that each
Fund holds.  Investments in  non-investment  grade debt  securities by Investors
Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund and each of the Funds'  investment  techniques,
however,  entail certain additional risks, such as the potential use of leverage
by a Fund through borrowings,  securities  lending,  swap transactions and other
investment techniques. See "Additional Investment Policies." Similarly, a Fund's
use  of  mortgage-  and  asset-backed  securities  entails  certain  risks.  See
"Investment  Objective  and  Policies -  Investors  Bond Fund -  Mortgage-Backed
Securities" and "- Asset-Backed  Securities." The Funds are non-diversified and,
therefore,  have greater freedom to concentrate  their  investments than if they
were diversified funds. See "Certain Risk Factors."
    

EXPENSES OF INVESTING IN THE FUND

         The  purpose  of  the  following  table  is  to  assist   investors  in
understanding the various expenses that an investor in a Fund will bear directly
or indirectly.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>               <C>

   
                                                          INVESTORS      INVESTORS HIGH     TAXSAVER
                                                           BOND FUND     GRADE BOND FUND    BOND FUND
                                                          ---------      ---------------    ---------
    
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
Maximum sales charge imposed on purchases (as a
   
   percentage of public offering price) (1).............         3.75%               3.75%        3.75%
Exchange Fee............................................          None                None         None
    
Annual Fund Operating  Expenses (2) (as a percentage of average net assets after
   applicable expense reimbursements and fee waivers)
   
Management Fees (after fee waivers) (3).................         0.40%               0.40%        0.40%
12b-1 Fees..............................................          None                None         None
Other Expenses (after expense reimbursements) (4).......         0.30%               0.30%        0.20%
Total Fund Operating Expenses (4).......................         0.70%               0.70%        0.60%
    
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     (1) Certain  shareholders  may be eligible for reduced sales  charges.  See
"Purchases and Redemptions of Shares - Reduced Sales Charges."

   
     (2) The Annual Fund Operating Expenses for Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver
Bond Fund are based on amounts  incurred  by each Fund  during  the Fund's  most
recent fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. The Annual Fund Operating  Expenses for
Investors High Grade Bond Fund are based on estimated expenses and assets during
the Fund's initial period of operations ending March 31, 1998.

     (3) Management Fees include all investment advisory fees and administration
fees incurred by the Funds.  Management has voluntarily agreed to waive all or a
portion  of its fees with  respect to  Investor  High Grade Bond Fund and assume
certain  expenses of the Fund  through at least March 31, 1998 in order to limit
the Total  Fund  Operating  Expenses  to 0.70% of the Fund's  average  daily net
assets.  Absent waivers  (including  estimated  waivers in the case of Investors
High  Grade Bond  Fund),  "Management  Fees" for each Fund  would be 0.70%.  Fee
waivers are voluntary and may be reduced or eliminated at any time

     (4) Absent  expense  reimbursements  and fee waivers  (including  estimated
expense  reimbursements and fee waivers in the case of Investors High Grade Bond
Fund),  "Other Expenses" and "Total Fund Operating  Expenses" would be 0.75% and
1.45%  respectively,  in the case of  Investors  Bond  Fund,  0.75%  and  1.45%,
respectively in the case of Investors High Grade Bond Fund, and 0.83% and 1.53%,
respectively,  in the case of TaxSaver Bond Fund. Expense reimbursements and fee
waivers  are  voluntary  and may be reduced  or  eliminated  at any time.  For a
further  description  of the various  expenses  incurred in the operation of the
Fund, see "Management."
    

EXAMPLE

         Following is a hypothetical example that indicates the dollar amount of
expenses that an investor in the Fund would pay assuming a $1,000  investment in
the  Fund,  a  5%  annual  return,   the   reinvestment  of  all  dividends  and
distributions  and  redemption  at the end of each  period  and  payment  of the
maximum initial sales charge:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C> 

                                                                   1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
                                                                   ------      -------      -------     --------
   
   Investors Bond Fund.........................................     $44          $59          $75         $121
   Investors High Grade Bond Fund                                   $44          $59          $75         $121
   TaxSaver Bond Fund..........................................     $43          $56          $70         $110
    
</TABLE>

         The  example is based on the  expenses  listed in the  table.  The five
percent  annual  return is not  predictive  of and does not represent the Funds'
projected returns; rather, it is required by government regulation.  THE EXAMPLE
SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES OR RETURN.
ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURN MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN INDICATED.


<PAGE>


2. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     The  following  information  represents  selected  data for a single  share
outstanding  of each Fund.  This  information  has been audited by  XXXXXXXXXXX.
Further  information  about the Funds'  performance  is  contained in the Funds'
annual  report to  shareholders,  which may be obtained  from the Trust  without
charge.
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>

                                                                     INVESTORS BOND FUND
                                                                     Year Ended March 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997      1996      1995       1994        1993        1992       1991      1990(a)
                                      ----      ----      ----       ----        ----        ----       ----      -------
      Net Asset Value, Beginning
         of Period                 
                                       $10.21    $10.00    $10.38      $10.71      $10.43      $10.09     $9.82   $10.00
      Investment Operations:       ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
        Net Investment Income            0.71      0.74      0.82        0.81        0.82        0.83      0.84     0.42
        Net Realized and
            Unrealized Gain            
            (Loss) on Investments      -          0.21    (0.38)      (0.30)        0.53        0.44      0.27      (0.14)
                                      ------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------   ---------
                                        
      Total from Investment
         Operations                      0.71       0.95      0.44        0.51        1.35        1.27      1.11     0.28
                                       --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- --------  -------- 
      Distributions From:
        Net Investment Income          (0.71)    (0.74)    (0.82)      (0.81)      (0.82)      (0.83)    (0.84)     (0.42)
        Net Realized Gain on
         Investments                  (0.02)     _         _          (0.03)      (0.25)      (0.10)     _          (0.04)
                                   ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
      Total Distributions              (0.73)    (0.74)    (0.82)      (0.84)      (1.07)      (0.93)    (0.84)     (0.46)
                                   ========== ========= ========= =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
      Net Asset Value, End of
         Period                        $10.19    $10.21    $10.00      $10.38      $10.71      $10.43    $10.09     $9.82
                                   ========== ========= ========= =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
      Total Return (b)                  7.18%     9.84%     4.55%       4.70%      13.53%      12.91%    11.76%    5.79%(c)
      Ratio/Supplementary Data:
      Net Assets at End of Period
         (000's omitted)            $22,190     $25,676   $25,890     $26,083     $26,832     $24,336   $19,132     $19,400
                                      
      Ratios to Average Net
         Assets:
        Expenses Including
         Reimbursement/Waiver           0.70%     0.43%     0.75%       0.75%       0.75%       0.70%     0.64%    0.41%(c)
        Expenses Excluding
         Reimbursement/Waiver           1.45%     1.36%     1.33%       1.31%       1.40%       1.51%     1.68%    1.52%(c)
        Net Investment Income
         Including
         Reimbursement/Waiver           6.94%     7.29%     8.19%       7.49%       7.71%       7.93%     8.44%    8.51%(c)
      Portfolio Turnover Rate          79.42%    42.89%    48.17%      41.41%     193.21%     221.39%    73.32%      93.08%
</TABLE>

(a)      The Fund commenced operations on October 2, 1989.
(b)      Total return calculations do not include sales charge.
(c)      Annualized.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>   


   
                                                                      TAXSAVER BOND FUND
                                                                     Year Ended March 31,
    
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997      1996      1995       1994        1993        1992       1991      1990(A)
                                      ----      ----      ----       ----        ----        ----       ----      -------
      Net Asset Value, Beginning
         of Period                 $10.57      $10.39    $10.35      $10.63      $10.26      $10.10     $9.97      $10.00
                                   ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
      Investment Operations:
        Net Investment Income        0.56       0.57      0.57        0.57        0.63        0.68      0.67        0.33
        Net Realized and
            Unrealized Gain                   --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
            (Loss) on Investments    (0.03)     0.18      0.04      (0.01)        0.49        0.20      0.13         (0.03)
                                    --------  --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------  ----------
       Total from Investment
         Operations                   0.53       0.75      0.61        0.56        1.12        0.88      0.80        0.30
                                     --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------
                                                   
      Distributions From:
        Net Investment Income          (0.56)    (0.57)    (0.57)      (0.57)      (0.63)      (0.68)    (0.67)      (0.33)
        Net Realized Gain on
         Investments                   (0.05)     _         _          (0.27)      (0.12)      (0.04)     _          _
                                   ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
      Total Distributions              (0.61)    (0.57)    (0.57)      (0.84)      (0.75)      (0.72)    (0.67)      (0.33)
                                   ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
      Net Asset Value, End of
         Period                       $10.49    $10.57    $10.39      $10.35      $10.63      $10.26    $10.10       $9.97
                                   ========== ========= ========= =========== =========== =========== ========= ===========
      Total Return (b)                  5.15%     7.36%     6.18%       5.24%      11.28%       8.95%     8.29%    6.16%(c)
      Ratio/Supplementary Data:
      Net Assets at End of Period
         (000's omitted)             $17,757    $17,915   $16,018     $16,518     $16,580     $11,207    $9,998      $9,546
                                     
      Ratios to Average Net
         Assets:
        Expenses Including
         Reimbursement/Waiver           0.60%     0.60%     0.60%       0.60%       0.60%       0.55%     0.49%    0.22%(c)
        Expenses Excluding
         Reimbursement/Waiver           1.53%     1.48%     1.45%       1.50%       1.56%       1.66%     1.86%    1.66%(c)
        Net Investment Income
         Including Reimbursement/
   
          Waiver                        5.28%     5.35%     5.62%       5.27%       5.98%       6.64%     6.69%    6.54%(c)
      Portfolio Turnover Rate          34.19%    61.61%    63.85%     141.80%     240.36%     104.29%    54.62%      13.25%
    
</TABLE>

(a)      The Fund commenced operations on October 2, 1989.
(b)      Total return calculations do not include sales charge.
(c)      Annualized.
<PAGE>

3.       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   
INVESTORS BOND FUND AND INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND
    

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

   
         The investment objective of both Investors Bond Fund and Investors High
Grade Bond Fund is to provide as high a level of current income as is consistent
with  capital  preservation  and prudent  investment  risk.  By seeking  capital
preservation  each Fund  attempts to control the risk of default and the risk of
capital losses in periods of falling prices for debt securities. There can be no
assurance that either Fund will achieve its investment objective.
    

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   
         INVESTORS  BOND  FUND  seeks to  attain  its  investment  objective  by
investing  primarily  in  a  portfolio   consisting  of  investment  grade  debt
securities. Under normal circumstances,  the Fund intends to invest at least 65%
of its  assets  in debt  securities,  obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  as to
principal and interest by the United States Government or by any of its agencies
or instrumentalities  ("U.S.  Government  Securities"),  and mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securities.

         The  securities in which  Investors Bond Fund invests will include debt
securities  which are rated in one of the four highest  rating  categories by an
NRSRO such as Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's ("S&P")
(See SAI -"Description of Securities  Ratings"),  U.S. Government Securities and
mortgage-backed  and asset  backed  securities  rated in one of the two  highest
rating categories by a NRSRO.

         INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND seeks to attain its investment objective
by investing in a portfolio consisting of high grade debt securities,  which are
securities rated in one of the three highest rating  categories by an NRSRO such
as Moody's or S&P (See SAI -"Description of Securities  Ratings").  Under normal
circumstances,  the Fund  intends  to invest at least 65% of its  assets in high
grade  debt  securities,   U.S.  Government   Securities,   and  mortgage-backed
securities  rated in one of the two highest  rating  categories by a NRSRO.  The
Fund intends to invest at least 40% of its assets in U.S. Government  Securities
that are direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury  (such as Treasury bills and
notes).  The Fund  will not  invest  more than 30% of its  assets  in  corporate
obligations  or in  the  securities  of  U.S.  Government  agencies.  See  "U.S.
Government Securities" below.
<PAGE>

         The Funds also may invest in  commercial  paper and other money  market
instruments  rated in one of the two highest rating  categories by an NRSRO, and
banker's  acceptances  or  negotiable  certificates  of  deposit  issued  by the
commercial  banks doing  business in the United States that have, at the time of
investment,  total assets in excess of one billion  dollars and that are insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Each Fund may from time to time lend  securities  from its portfolio to
brokers,  dealers and other  financial  institutions.  Securities  loans must be
continuously secured by cash or U.S. Government  Securities with a market value,
determined daily, at least equal to the value of the Fund's  securities  loaned,
including accrued interest.  The Fund receives interest in respect of securities
loans from the borrower or from investing cash collateral. The Fund may pay fees
to arrange the loans. Each Fund will, as a fundamental policy,  limit securities
lending to not more than 10% of the value of its total assets.

         Each Fund will invest,  as a  fundamental  policy,  at least 90% of the
value of its  total  assets  at the time of  investment  in the  above  types of
securities or in repurchase agreements covering those securities.

     Investors  Bond  Fund may also  invest  up to 10% of the value of its total
assets at the time of investment in:
    

         (1) debt  securities  which  are  rated  in the  fifth  highest  rating
category by an NRSRO (for example,  BB by S&P). Bonds rated BB are regarded,  on
balance,  as predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.
While such bonds will likely have some quality and  protective  characteristics,
these are outweighed by large  uncertainties  or major risk exposures to adverse
conditions.  Bonds rated BB have less  near-term  vulnerability  to default than
other  speculative  issues.  However,  they face major ongoing  uncertainties or
exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead
to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

         (2)  preferred  stock which is rated in one of the five highest  rating
categories by an NRSRO (for example, ba or above by Moody's).  An issue rated ba
is considered to have  speculative  elements and its future cannot be considered
well assured.  Earnings and asset  protection  may be very moderate and not well
safeguarded  during  adverse  periods.  Uncertainty  of  position  characterizes
preferred stocks in this class.

         (3)      options and futures contracts.

   
         Securities  in  the  four  highest  rating   categories  are  generally
considered to be investment  grade,  although Moody's  indicates that securities
rated Baa have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or
other  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a  weakened  capacity  to make
principal and interest  payments than is the case with higher grade bonds.  Debt
securities  and preferred  stock rated in the fifth highest  rating  category by
Moody's and by S&P are not  considered  to be investment  grade,  are high risk,
have predominantly  speculative  characteristics and are commonly known as "Junk
Bonds." See  "Certain  Risk  Factors."  Investors  High Grade Bond Fund will not
invest in any debt  security or  preferred  stock rated below the third  highest
rating category by an NRSRO (for example, A or above by Moody's).
<PAGE>

         With respect to debt issued by banks, bank holding companies,  non-bank
banks, thrifts,  broker-dealers and broker-dealers' parent companies,  the Funds
may invest in securities rated by Thomson BankWatch in the categories  specified
by their investment policies.  Securities with different ratings from NRSROs are
assigned the higher  rating.  See Appendix A to the SAI for a description of the
range of ratings  assigned  to various  types of bonds and other  securities  by
several NRSROs.

         Investors Bond Fund may purchase  unrated  securities which the Adviser
believes to be of comparable  quality to the rated  securities in which the Fund
may  invest.  Unrated  securities  may  not  be  as  actively  traded  as  rated
securities. An unrated security will be considered for investment by a Fund when
the  Adviser  believes  that  the  financial  condition  of  the  issuer  of the
obligation  and the protection  afforded by the terms of the  obligation  itself
limit the risk to the Fund to a degree comparable to that of rated securities in
which the Fund may invest.

         During  its last  fiscal  year,  Investors  Bond Fund had 61.83% of its
average  annual assets in  securities  rated by Moody's or S&P and 37.12% of its
average  annual  assets  in  unrated   investments,   including  cash  and  cash
equivalents. For that year the Fund had the following percentages of its average
annual net assets invested in rated securities: Aaa/AAA - 14.16%, Aa/AA - 2.09%,
A/A - 18.65%,  Baa/BBB - 17.66%, Ba/BB - 4.50% and B/B - 4.77%.  Securities with
different  ratings from Moody's and S&P were  assigned the higher  rating.  This
information  reflects the average  month end  composition  of the assets for the
Fund's last fiscal year and is not necessarily  representative of the Fund as of
the end of last year, the current fiscal year or any other time.

         As of October 2, 1997,  $3,569,653 of Investors Bond Fund's $27,314,633
in net  assets  were  invested  in Citfed  Bancorp,  Inc.,  an issuer of unrated
securities  that,  at the time of  investment,  the  Adviser  believed  to be of
quality  comparable to the rated securities in which the Fund may invest.  These
securities  subsequently  received a B rating from each of S&P and Moody's and a
rating of BB+ (the fifth highest rating category) from Thomson BankWatch.  These
securities  remained  in  Investors  Bond Fund's  portfolio  because the Adviser
believed that the  investment was and would continue to be in the best interests
of the Fund. On September  10, 1997,  Thomson  BankWatch  upgraded its rating of
Citfed Bancorp, Inc. to BBB-, the fourth highest rating category.

         In general, the longer the maturity of a security,  the higher the rate
of interest it pays. However, a longer average maturity is generally  associated
with a higher level of volatility in the market value of a security. The average
maturity of each Fund's  portfolio  will vary  depending on  anticipated  market
conditions.  It is  anticipated  that  Investors  Bond Fund will  invest in debt
obligations with maturities ranging from short-term  (including overnight) to 30
years. It is also  anticipated that Investor Bond Fund's portfolio of securities
will have a  weighted  average  maturity  of  between  five and 20 years.  It is
anticipated  that Investors High Grade Bond Fund will invest in debt obligations
with maturities  ranging from short-term  (including  overnight) to 20 years and
that it will  invest  no more than 25% of it  assets  in debt  obligations  with
maturities greater than 10 years.  Investors High Grade Bond Fund's portfolio of
securities will have a weighted average maturity of no greater than 7 years.
<PAGE>

         CORPORATE  DEBT  SECURITIES  AND  FOREIGN   SECURITIES.   In  selecting
corporate  debt  securities  for a Fund,  the Adviser  reviews and  monitors the
creditworthiness  of each issuer and issue.  Interest  rate trends and  specific
developments  which may affect  individual  issuers  will also be  analyzed.  In
addition to the debt securities of domestic  corporations,  each Fund may invest
in debt  securities  registered and sold in the United States by foreign issuers
(Yankee  Bonds) and those  sold  outside  the  United  States by foreign or U.S.
issuers  (Eurobonds).  Each Fund restricts its purchases of these  securities to
issues  denominated  and payable in United States  dollars.  All  obligations of
non-U.S. issuers purchased by a Fund will be issued or guaranteed by a sovereign
government,  by a supranational agency whose members are sovereign  governments,
or by a U.S. issuer in whose debt securities the Fund could invest.

         U.S. GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES.  The U.S. Government Securities in which a
Fund  may  invest  include  direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury  (such as
Treasury  bills and  notes)  and other  securities  backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as those issued by the Government National
Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA").  Each Fund may also  invest in U.S.  Government
Securities that have lesser degrees of government backing.  For instance, a Fund
may purchase  obligations of the of the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association
("FNMA") and the Federal Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC")  (which are
supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury  under  certain
circumstances) and obligations of the Student Loan Marketing Association and the
Federal Home Loan Banks (which are supported only by the credit of the agency or
instrumentality).  There is no guarantee that the U.S.  Government  will support
securities  not  backed by its full  faith and credit  and,  accordingly,  these
securities may involve more risk than other U.S. Government Securities.

         MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Adviser anticipates that up to 50% of
the  value  of the  Investors  Bond  Fund's  total  assets  may be  invested  in
mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in
a pool of mortgages  originated  by lenders such as  commercial  banks,  savings
associations and mortgage bankers and brokers. Mortgage-backed securities may be
issued by governmental  or  government-related  entities or by  non-governmental
entities such as special purpose trusts created by banks, savings  associations,
private mortgage insurance  companies or mortgage bankers.  Investors High Grade
Bond Fund may invest in  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by  governmental or
government-related   entities,   but  will  not  invest  in   privately   issued
mortgage-backed secuities.
    

         Interests in mortgage-backed securities differ from other forms of debt
securities,  which  normally  provide for periodic  payment of interest in fixed
amounts  with  principal  payments at maturity or on  specified  call dates.  In
contrast,  mortgage-backed  securities provide monthly payments which consist of
interest  and,  in most  cases,  principal.  In  effect,  these  payments  are a
"pass-through" of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their
mortgage  loans,  net  of any  fees  paid  to the  issuer  or  guarantor  of the
securities or a mortgage loan servicer.  Additional payments to holders of these
securities are caused by  prepayments  resulting from the sale or foreclosure of
the underlying property or refinancing of the underlying loans.
<PAGE>

   
         UNDERLYING  MORTGAGES.  Pools of  mortgages  consist of whole  mortgage
loans or  participations in mortgage loans. The majority of these loans are made
to purchasers of 1-4 family homes, but may be made to purchasers of mobile homes
or other real estate interests.  The terms and  characteristics  of the mortgage
instruments  are generally  uniform within a pool but may vary among pools.  For
example, in addition to fixed-rate,  fixed-term  mortgages,  a Fund may purchase
pools of variable rate mortgages,  growing equity  mortgages,  graduated payment
mortgages and other types. Mortgage servicers impose qualification standards for
local lending  institutions  which originate  mortgages for the pools as well as
credit standards and underwriting  criteria for individual mortgages included in
the pools.  In addition,  many mortgages  included in pools are insured  through
private mortgage insurance companies.
    

         LIQUIDITY AND MARKETABILITY.  The market for mortgage-backed securities
has expanded  considerably  in recent  years.  The size of the primary  issuance
market and active  participation in the secondary  market by securities  dealers
and many types of investors make government and government-related  pass-through
pools highly  liquid.  The recently  introduced  private  conventional  pools of
mortgages (pooled by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions and others,
with no relationship with government and government-related  entities) have also
achieved broad market acceptance and consequently an active secondary market has
emerged.  However,  the market for conventional pools is smaller and less liquid
than the market for government and government-related mortgage pools.

   
         AVERAGE LIFE AND PREPAYMENTS.  The average life of a pass-through  pool
varies with the maturities of the underlying mortgage instruments.  In addition,
a pool's terms may be shortened by  unscheduled  or early  payments of principal
and interest on the underlying mortgages. Prepayments with respect to securities
during times of declining interest rates will tend to lower the return of a Fund
and may even result in losses to the Fund if the  securities  were acquired at a
premium.  The occurrence of mortgage  prepayments is affected by various factors
including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location
and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions.
    

         As prepayment rates of individual pools vary widely, it is not possible
to  accurately  predict  the average  life of a  particular  pool.  For pools of
fixed-rate  30-year  mortgages,  common  industry  practice  is to  assume  that
prepayments will result in a 12-year average life. Pools of mortgages with other
maturities  or  different  characteristics  will have  varying  assumptions  for
average  life.  The assumed  average life of pools of mortgages  having terms of
less than 30 years is less than 12 years, but typically not less than 5 years.

         YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  Yields on  pass-through  securities are typically
quoted by investment dealers based on the maturity of the underlying instruments
and the  associated  average  life  assumption.  In periods of falling  interest
rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase,  thereby  shortening the actual
average life of a pool of mortgages. Conversely, in periods of rising rates, the
rate of prepayment  tends to decrease,  thereby  lengthening  the actual average
life of the pool.  Actual  prepayment  experience  may cause the yield to differ
from the assumed  average life yield.  Reinvestment  of prepayments may occur at
higher or lower interest rates than the original investment,  thus affecting the
yield of the Fund.
<PAGE>

         GOVERNMENT AND GOVERNMENT-RELATED  GUARANTORS. The principal government
guarantor of  mortgage-backed  securities is the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association ("GNMA"), a wholly-owned United States Government corporation within
the  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development.  GNMA  is  authorized  to
guarantee,  with the full faith and credit of the United States Government,  the
timely  payment of principal and interest on securities  issued by  institutions
approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages.

         The   Federal   National   Mortgage    Association    ("FNMA")   is   a
government-sponsored  corporation owned entirely by private stockholders that is
subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
FNMA purchases residential  mortgages from a list of approved  seller-servicers.
The  Federal   Home  Loan   Mortgage   Corporation   ("FHLMC")  is  a  corporate
instrumentality  of the United States Government that was created by Congress in
1970 for the purpose of  increasing  the  availability  of  mortgage  credit for
residential  housing.  Its stock is owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.
FHLMC issues  Participation  Certificates  ("PCs") which represent  interests in
mortgages  from FHLMC's  national  portfolio.  FNMA and FHLMC each guarantee the
payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  the  securities  they  issue.   These
securities,  however,  are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States Government.

   
         PRIVATELY ISSUED  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  Investors Bond Fund may
invest in  mortgage-backed  securities  offered  by  private  issuers  including
pass-through  securities  comprised  of pools of  conventional  mortgage  loans;
mortgage-backed  bonds  which  are  considered  to be  debt  obligations  of the
institution  issuing the bonds and which are  collateralized  by mortgage loans;
and collateralized mortgage obligations.
    

         Mortgage-backed securities issued by non-governmental issuers may offer
a higher rate of interest than securities  issued by government  issuers because
of the  absence of direct or indirect  government  guarantees  of payment.  Many
non-governmental  issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed  securities,  however,
guarantee  timely payment of interest and principal on such  securities.  Timely
payment of interest and  principal  may also be  supported  by various  forms of
insurance, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard policies. There can
be no assurance that the private  issuers or insurers will be able to meet their
obligations under the relevant guarantees and insurance policies.

   
         ADJUSTABLE  RATE  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  Investors Bond Fund may
invest  in  adjustable  rate  mortgage-backed  securities  ("ARMs"),  which  are
securities  that  have  interest  rates  that are reset at  periodic  intervals,
usually  by  reference  to some  interest  rate index or market  interest  rate.
Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes
in the value of adjustable rate  securities,  these securities are still subject
to changes in value based on changes in market  interest rates or changes in the
issuer's   creditworthiness.   Because  of  the  resetting  of  interest  rates,
adjustable rate securities are less likely than  non-adjustable  rate securities
of  comparable  quality and  maturity to  increase  significantly  in value when
market  interest  rates fall.  Also,  most  adjustable  rate  securities (or the
underlying  mortgages)  are subject to caps or floors.  "Caps" limit the maximum
amount by which the interest  rate paid by the borrower may change at each reset
date or over the life of the loan  and,  accordingly,  fluctuation  in  interest
rates above these levels could cause such  mortgage  securities to "cap out" and
to behave more like long-term, fixed-rate debt securities.
<PAGE>

         ARMs may have less risk of a decline in value during periods of rapidly
rising rates,  but they may also have less  potential  for capital  appreciation
than  other  debt  securities  of  comparable  maturities  due to  the  periodic
adjustment  of the  interest  rate on the  underlying  mortgages  and due to the
likelihood  of increased  prepayments  of mortgages as interest  rates  decline.
Furthermore, during periods of declining interest rates, income to the Fund will
decrease as the coupon  rate  resets to reflect  the decline in interest  rates.
During  periods of rising  interest  rates,  changes in the coupon  rates of the
mortgages  underlying the Fund's ARMs may lag behind changes in market  interest
rates.  This may result in a slightly  lower net value until the  interest  rate
resets to market rates. Thus, investors could suffer some principal loss if they
sold Fund Shares  before the interest  rates on the  underlying  mortgages  were
adjusted to reflect  current  market rates.  Investors High Grade Bond Fund will
not invest in ARMs.

         COLLATERALIZED    MORTGAGE   OBLIGATIONS.    Collateralized    Mortgage
Obligations  ("CMOs") are debt obligations that are  collateralized by mortgages
or mortgage pass-through securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA or by pools of
conventional mortgages ("Mortgage Assets"). CMOs may be privately issued or U.S.
Government  Securities.  Investors High Grade Bond Fund will invest only in CMOs
that are U.S.  Government  Securities  and will not invest in  privately  issued
CMOs.  Payments of  principal  and  interest on the  Mortgage  Assets are passed
through to the holders of the CMOs on the same  schedule  as they are  received,
although,  certain classes (often referred to as tranches) of CMOs have priority
over other classes with respect to the receipt of payments. Multi-class mortgage
pass-through  securities  are interests in trusts that hold Mortgage  Assets and
that  have  multiple  classes  similar  to  those of CMOs.  Unless  the  context
indicates   otherwise,   references   to  CMOs  include   multi-class   mortgage
pass-through securities. Payments of principal of and interest on the underlying
Mortgage  Assets  (and in the case of CMOs,  any  reinvestment  income  thereon)
provide funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or to make scheduled distributions
on the  multi-class  mortgage  pass-through  securities.  Parallel  pay CMOs are
structured  to provide  payments of  principal on each payment date to more than
one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the
stated maturity date or final  distribution  date of each class,  which, as with
other CMO  structures,  must be  retired by its  stated  maturity  date or final
distribution  date  but  may be  retired  earlier.  Planned  amortization  class
mortgage-based  securities  ("PAC  Bonds") are a form of parallel  pay CMO.  PAC
Bonds are  designed to provide  relatively  predictable  payments  of  principal
provided  that,  among other  things,  the actual  prepayment  experience on the
underlying  mortgage  loans falls  within a  contemplated  range.  If the actual
prepayment  experience on the  underlying  mortgage loans is at a rate faster or
slower than the  contemplated  range,  or if deviations  from other  assumptions
occur,  principal  payments  on a PAC  Bond  may  be  greater  or  smaller  than
predicted.  The magnitude of the contemplated  range varies from one PAC Bond to
another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments will be greater or
smaller than  contemplated.  CMOs may have complicated  structures and generally
involve more risks than simpler forms of mortgage-backed securities.
<PAGE>

         The  final  tranche  of a CMO  may be  structured  as an  accrual  bond
(sometimes referred to as a Z-tranche). Holders of accrual bonds receive no cash
payments for an extended period of time.  During the time that earlier  tranches
are  outstanding,  accrual bonds receive accrued  interest which is a credit for
periodic  interest  payments that increases the face amount of the security at a
compounded rate, but is not paid to the bond holder. After all previous tranches
are retired,  accrual bond holders  start  receiving  cash payments that include
both  principal and continuing  interest.  The market value of accrual bonds can
fluctuate  widely and their average life depends on the other aspects of the CMO
offering.  Interest on accrual  bonds is taxable  when  accrued  even though the
holders  receive  no  accrual  payment.  The  Fund  distributes  all of its  net
investment  income,  and may have to sell  portfolio  securities  to  distribute
imputed income, which may occur at a time when the Adviser would not have chosen
to sell such  securities  and which may  result in a taxable  gain or loss.  The
Adviser's  analyses of particular  CMO issues and  estimates of future  economic
indicators  (such as interest rates) become more important to the performance of
a Fund as the securities become more complicated.

         STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.  Investors Bond Fund may invest in
stripped  mortgage-backed  securities,  which  are  classes  of  mortgage-backed
securities  that receive  different  proportions  of the interest and  principal
distributions from the underlying  Mortgage Assets. They may be may be privately
issued or U.S. Government  Securities.  In the most extreme case, one class will
be  entitled  to  receive  all or a  portion  of the  interest  but  none of the
principal  from the Mortgage  Assets (the  interest-only  or "IO" class) and one
class will be entitled to receive all or a portion of the principal, but none of
the interest (the "PO" class). Investors High Grade Bond Fund will not invest in
stripped mortgage-backed securities.

         ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  The Adviser anticipates that up to 15% of the
value of  Investors  Bond Fund's  total  assets may be invested in  asset-backed
securities.  Investors  High  Grade  Bond Fund will not  invest in  asset-backed
securities.  Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations
in, or are secured by and payable from, assets other than mortgage-backed assets
such as motor vehicle  installment sales contracts,  installment loan contracts,
leases of various  types of real and  personal  property  and  receivables  from
revolving credit (credit card) agreements.  Asset-backed  securities,  including
adjustable rate asset-backed  securities,  have yield characteristics similar to
those of mortgage-backed securities and, accordingly, are subject to many of the
same risks.
    

         Assets are  securitized  through the use of trusts and special  purpose
corporations  that issue  securities  that are often  backed by a pool of assets
representing  the  obligations  of a number of  different  parties.  Payments of
principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain
time  period  by  a  letter  of  credit  issued  by  a  financial   institution.
Asset-backed securities do not always have the benefit of a security interest in
collateral  comparable to the security interests associated with mortgage-backed
securities.  As a result, the risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might
be unavailable or inadequate to support  payments on asset-backed  securities is
greater for  asset-backed  securities than for  mortgage-backed  securities.  In
addition,  because  asset-backed  securities  are  relatively  new,  the  market
experience in these  securities  is limited and the market's  ability to sustain
liquidity  through all phases of an interest rate or economic cycle has not been
tested.
<PAGE>

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

         The investment  objective of the Fund is to provide shareholders with a
high level of current income exempt from Federal  income tax.  Although the Fund
will attempt to invest 100% of its assets in municipal  securities  the interest
on  which  is  exempt  from  all  Federal  income  tax,  including  the  Federal
alternative minimum tax ("AMT"), the Fund reserves the right to invest up to 20%
of the value of its net assets in  securities  on which the  interest  income is
subject to Federal income taxation. In addition, the Fund may assume a temporary
defensive  position and invest without limit in cash and cash  equivalents  that
may be  taxable.  There  can be no  assurance  that the Fund  will  achieve  its
investment objective.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

         The Fund pursues its objective by investing  principally  in investment
grade debt obligations issued by the states,  territories and possessions of the
United States and their political subdivisions,  agencies and instrumentalities.
These  securities  are  generally  known as "municipal  securities"  and include
municipal  bonds,  notes  and  leases.  It  is  anticipated  that  under  normal
circumstances  substantially  all of the Fund's total assets will be invested in
municipal  securities  the  interest  income from which is exempt  from  Federal
income taxes, including the Federal AMT.

         In general, the longer the maturity of a municipal security, the higher
the rate of interest it pays.  However,  a longer average  maturity is generally
associated  with a higher level of volatility in the market value of a municipal
security.  The average  maturity of the Fund's  portfolio will vary depending on
anticipated  market  conditions.  It is anticipated,  however,  that the average
weighted  maturity of all  municipal  securities  in the Fund's  portfolio  will
normally range between five and 15 years.

         Some  municipal  securities are related in such a way that an economic,
business or political  development affecting one municipal security would have a
similar  effect on another  municipal  security.  For example,  the repayment of
different  obligations  may depend on similar types of projects.  While the Fund
may invest more than 25% of its total assets in private activity bonds ("PABs"),
under normal circumstances no single type of revenue bond (for example, electric
revenue bonds or housing  revenue  bonds) will  constitute  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets. In addition, under normal circumstances no more than 25% of
the Fund's  total  assets may be invested  in issuers  located in any one state,
territory or possession.

         Under current Federal tax law, interest on certain municipal securities
issued  after  August 7, 1986 to  finance  "private  activities"  will be a "tax
preference  item"  for  purposes  of  the  Federal  AMT  applicable  to  certain
individuals  and  corporations.  The interest on these  securities  generally is
fully tax-exempt for regular Federal income tax purposes. The Fund may from time
to time purchase certain municipal  securities the interest on which constitutes
a "tax preference item" for purposes of the Federal AMT.
<PAGE>

         LENDING OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  The Fund may from time to time lend
securities   from  its  portfolio  to  brokers,   dealers  and  other  financial
institutions.  Securities  loans  must be  continuously  secured by cash or U.S.
Government  Securities with a market value,  determined daily, at least equal to
the value of the Fund's securities loaned,  including accrued interest. The Fund
receives  interest  in respect of  securities  loans from the  borrower  or from
investing cash collateral.  The Fund may pay fees to arrange the loans. The Fund
will, as a fundamental policy,  limit securities lending to not more than 10% of
the value of its total assets.

   
         CREDIT MATTERS.  Normally, at least 65% of the Fund's total assets will
be invested  in  municipal  bonds rated at the time of purchase  within the four
highest grades  assigned by an NRSRO such as Moody's (Aaa, Aa, A and Baa) or S&P
(AAA, AA, A and BBB) or which are unrated and determined by the Adviser to be of
comparable  quality.  Securities in these ratings generally are considered to be
investment  grade   securities,   although  Moody's   indicates  that  municipal
securities  rated Baa have  speculative  characteristics.  Changes  in  economic
conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
by the issuer to make principal and interest payments with respect to debt rated
in that category than is the case with higher grade debt. Unrated securities may
not be as actively  traded as rated  securities.  A further  description  of the
ratings used by Moody's, S&P and other NRSROs is included in the SAI.
    

         The tax-free  yields sought by the Fund are generally  obtainable  from
securities rated within the four highest rating  categories by NRSROs.  The Fund
may,  however,  invest up to 25% of its total assets in municipal bonds rated in
the  fifth  highest  rating  category  by any  NRSRO or which  are  unrated  and
determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.  These securities are not
considered  to  be  investment  grade  and  have  speculative  or  predominantly
speculative characteristics and are commonly known as "Junk Bonds." See "Certain
Risk Factors." The Fund only will invest in municipal notes and other short-term
municipal  obligations in the two highest rating categories assigned by an NRSRO
or which are unrated and determined by the Adviser to be of comparable  quality.
The Fund may retain  securities  whose rating has been lowered  below the lowest
permissible  rating  category (or that are unrated and determined by the Adviser
to be of comparable  quality) only if the Adviser  determines that retaining the
security is in the best interests of the Fund.

         An unrated municipal  security will be considered for investment by the
Fund when the Adviser  believes  that the  financial  condition of the issuer of
such obligation and the protection afforded by the terms of the obligation limit
the risk to the Fund to a degree comparable to that of rated securities in which
the Fund may  invest.  During its last fiscal  year,  the Fund had 79.08% of its
average annual assets in municipal securities rated by Moody's or S&P and 19.16%
of its average  annual assets in unrated  investments,  including  cash and cash
equivalents. For that year the Fund had the following percentages of its average
annual net assets invested in rated securities: Aaa/AAA - 25.32%, Aa/AA - 5.05%,
A/A - 14.12%  and  Baa/BBB - 34.59%.  Securities  with  different  ratings  from
Moody's and S&P were assigned the higher rating.  This information  reflects the
average  composition of the Fund's assets for the Fund's last fiscal year and is
not  necessarily  representative  of the  Fund as of the end of last  year,  the
current fiscal year or any other time.
<PAGE>

         MUNICIPAL  BONDS.  Municipal  bonds,  which are intended to meet longer
term  capital  needs  of  the  issuer,  can be  classified  as  either  "general
obligation"  or  "revenue"  bonds.  General  obligation  bonds are  secured by a
municipality's pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment
of principal  and interest.  Revenue  bonds are generally  payable only from the
revenues  derived from a particular  facility or class of facilities or, in some
cases,  from the proceeds of a special excise or other tax, but not from general
tax revenues. Municipal bonds also include PABs, which are bonds issued by or on
behalf of public authorities to finance various privately  operated  facilities.
PABs are in most cases revenue bonds and generally do not have the pledge of the
full faith,  credit and taxing power of the municipality  issuer. The payment of
the principal and interest on these bonds is dependent  solely on the ability of
an initial or subsequent  user of the  facilities  financed by the bonds to meet
its financial  obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property
financed by the bond as security  for  payment.  The Fund will acquire only PABs
whose interest payments, in the opinion of the issuer's counsel, are exempt from
Federal income taxation (other than the AMT).

         MUNICIPAL  NOTES  AND  LEASES.  Municipal  notes,  which  may be either
"general  obligation"  or  "revenue"  securities,  are  intended  to fulfill the
short-term capital needs of the issuer and generally have original maturities of
397 days or less.  They include tax  anticipation  notes,  revenue  anticipation
notes,  bond  anticipation   notes,   construction  loan  notes  and  tax-exempt
commercial paper.  Municipal leases and installment purchase or conditional sale
contracts  (which  normally  provide  for  title to the  leased  assets  to pass
eventually to the  government  issuer) are a means for  governmental  issuers to
acquire property and equipment without meeting the  constitutional and statutory
requirements  for the issuance of long-term debt.  Municipal  leases  frequently
have special risks not normally  associated  with general  obligation or revenue
bonds or notes as described in the SAI.

         PARTICIPATION  INTERESTS. The Fund may purchase participation interests
in  municipal  securities  (which  may  be  fixed,  floating  or  variable  rate
securities)   that  are  owned  by  banks  or  other   financial   institutions.
Participation  interests  carry a demand feature backed by a letter of credit or
guarantee of the bank or  institution  permitting the holder to tender them back
to the bank or other  institution.  The Fund  will only  purchase  participation
interests from Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation insured banks having total
assets of more than one  billion  dollars or from other  financial  institutions
whose  long-term  debt  securities  are rated  within  the four  highest  rating
categories by an NRSRO or which are unrated and  determined by the Adviser to be
of comparable quality. Prior to purchasing any participation  interest, the Fund
will obtain  appropriate  assurances from counsel retained by the Trust that the
interest earned by the Fund from the obligations in which it holds participation
interests is exempt from Federal income tax.

         STAND-BY  COMMITMENTS.  The  Fund  may  purchase  municipal  securities
together  with the right to resell them to the seller at an agreed upon price or
yield within  specified  periods prior to their maturity dates.  These rights to
resell are commonly known as "stand-by  commitments."  The aggregate price which
the Fund pays for securities  with a stand-by  commitment may be higher than the
price which  otherwise would be paid. The primary purpose of this practice is to
permit the Fund to be as fully invested as  practicable in municipal  securities
while preserving the necessary  flexibility and liquidity to meet  unanticipated
redemptions.  The Fund will enter into stand-by  commitments  only with banks or
municipal  securities dealers that in the opinion of the Adviser present minimal
credit risks. The value of a stand-by  commitment is dependent on the ability of
the writer to meet its repurchase obligation.
<PAGE>

4.       CERTAIN RISK FACTORS

   
         DIVERSIFICATION MATTERS. Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund are
non-diversified,  which means that they have greater latitude than a diversified
fund  with  respect  to the  investment  of its  assets in the  securities  of a
relatively few issuers.  As  non-diversified  portfolios,  the Funds may present
greater risks than diversified  funds. The Funds'  diversification  requirements
provide that, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter,  with respect to 50% of
its assets,  a Fund may not own the securities of a single issuer,  other than a
U.S.  Government  security,  with a value of more  than 5% of the  Fund's  total
assets.  Except for U.S.  Government  Securities,  no more than 25% of the total
assets  of a Fund  may be  invested  in  securities  of any  one  issuer.  These
limitations  do not apply to  securities  of an issuer  payable  solely from the
proceeds of escrowed  U.S.  Government  securities.  A Fund will be subject to a
greater risk of loss if an issuer in which the Fund invests a substantial amount
of its assets is unable to make interest or principal  payments or if the market
value of securities declines.

         Investors  High Grade Bond Fund is a diversified  fund.  Thus, the Fund
may not purchase a security if, as a result (a) more than 5% of the Fund's total
assets would be invested in the securities of a single  issuer,  or (b) the Fund
would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.
This limitation  applies with respect to 75% of the Fund's total assets and does
not apply to U.S. Government Securities.

         NON-INVESTMENT GRADE DEBT SECURITIES.  Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver
Bond Fund may invest in non-investment  grade, high risk securities  (securities
rated lower than the fourth highest rating category by an NRSRO),  which provide
poor  protection  for  payment of  principal  and  interest.  These  lower rated
securities  (often  referred to as "junk bonds") involve greater risk of default
or price changes due to changes in the issuer's  creditworthiness than do higher
quality  securities.  The market for these  securities  may be thinner  and less
active than that for higher  quality  securities,  which may affect the price at
which the lower rated  securities  can be sold.  These risks may be magnified in
the case of unrated junk bonds.  In addition,  the market  prices of lower rated
securities  may  fluctuate  more  than  the  market  prices  of  higher  quality
securities  and  may  decline  significantly  in  periods  of  general  economic
difficulty  or rising  interest  rates.  Further  information  concerning  these
investments is contained in the SAI.
    
<PAGE>

5.       ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES

         All investment  policies of a Fund that are designated as  fundamental,
and each Fund's investment objective, may not be changed without approval of the
holders of a majority of that Fund's outstanding  voting securities.  A majority
of a Fund's  outstanding voting securities means the lesser of 67% of the shares
of that Fund  present or  represented  at a  shareholders'  meeting at which the
holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented,  or more than
50% of the  outstanding  shares of the  Fund.  Except  as  otherwise  indicated,
investment  policies of the Funds are not  fundamental and may be changed by the
Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board")  without  shareholder  approval.  A
further description of the Funds' investment policies is contained in the SAI.

         The  Funds  may  borrow  money  for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes
(including the meeting of redemption  requests),  but, as a fundamental  policy,
not in excess of 331/3% of the value of a Fund's  total  assets.  Borrowing  for
purposes other than meeting redemption requests will not exceed 10% of the value
of a Fund's  total  assets.  The Funds may not invest more than 15% of their net
assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements not entitling the
Fund to the  payment of  principal  within  seven  days.  Although  they have no
current  intention,  each Fund may in the future seek to hedge against a decline
in the value of  securities  they own or an increase in the price of  securities
which it plans to purchase  through the writing and purchase of  exchange-traded
and over-the-counter  options and the purchase and sale of futures contracts and
options on those futures contracts. In order to avoid maintaining idle cash, the
Funds may invest up to 10% of their total  assets in money  market  mutual funds
that, in the case of TaxSaver Bond Fund,  invest in municipal  securities exempt
from Federal income taxes.

TECHNIQUES INVOLVING LEVERAGE

   
         Utilization of leveraging by Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund
involves special risks and may involve speculative investment techniques.  These
Funds may borrow for other than  temporary  or  emergency  purposes,  lend their
securities, enter into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchase securities on
a when issued or forward  commitment basis. Each of these  transactions  involve
the use of "leverage"  when cash made available to a Fund through the investment
technique is used to make additional portfolio investments. In addition, the use
of swap and  related  agreements  may  involve  leverage.  The  Funds  use these
investment  techniques  only  when  the  Adviser  to a Fund  believes  that  the
leveraging  and the returns  available to the Fund from  investing the cash will
provide shareholders a potentially higher return.
    

         Leverage exists when a Fund achieves the right to a return on a capital
base that exceeds the Fund's investment.  Leverage creates the risk of magnified
capital  losses  which  occur when  losses  affect an asset  base,  enlarged  by
borrowings or the creation of  liabilities,  that exceeds the equity base of the
Fund.

         The  risks of  leverage  include a higher  volatility  of the net asset
value of the Fund's shares and the  relatively  greater  effect on the net asset
value of the shares caused by favorable or adverse  market  movements or changes
in the cost of cash obtained by leveraging and the yield obtained from investing
the cash.  So long as a Fund is able to realize a net  return on its  investment
portfolio that is higher than interest expense  incurred,  if any, leverage will
result in higher current net  investment  income being realized by the Fund than
if the Fund were not  leveraged.  On the other hand,  interest rates change from
time to time as does  their  relationship  to each  other  depending


<PAGE>

upon such  factors as supply and demand,  monetary and tax policies and investor
expectations.  Changes in such factors could cause the relationship  between the
cost of  leveraging  and the  yield to  change  so that  rates  involved  in the
leveraging  arrangement may substantially  increase relative to the yield on the
obligations in which the proceeds of the leveraging  have been invested.  To the
extent that the  interest  expense  involved in  leveraging  approaches  the net
return on the Fund's  investment  portfolio,  the benefit of leveraging  will be
reduced,  and,  if the  interest  expense on  borrowings  were to exceed the net
return to shareholders,  the Fund's use of leverage would result in a lower rate
of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. Similarly, the effect of leverage
in a declining  market could be a greater  decrease in net asset value per share
than if the Fund were not  leveraged.  In an extreme case, if the Fund's current
investment   income  were  not  sufficient  to  meet  the  interest  expense  of
leveraging,  it could be  necessary  for the Fund to  liquidate  certain  of its
investments  at an  inappropriate  time.  The use of leverage may be  considered
speculative.

   
         SEGREGATED  ACCOUNT.  In order to limit the risks  involved  in various
transactions  involving  leverage,  the  Trust's  custodian  will set  aside and
maintain  in  a  segregated   account  liquid  assets  in  accordance  with  SEC
guidelines.  The account's  value,  which is marked to market daily,  will be at
least  equal  to  a  Fund's  commitments  under  these  transactions.  A  Fund's
commitments  may include (i) the Fund's  obligations  to  repurchase  securities
under a reverse repurchase agreement,  settle when-issued and forward commitment
transactions and make payments under a cap or floor (see "Swap  Agreements") and
(ii) the greater of the market  value of  securities  sold short or the value of
the  securities at the time of the short sale  (reduced by any margin  deposit).
The net  amount  of the  excess,  if  any,  of a  Fund's  obligations  over  its
entitlements  with respect to each  interest  rate swap will be  calculated on a
daily  basis  and an  amount  at  least  equal  to the  accrued  excess  will be
maintained in the segregated  account.  If the Fund enters into an interest rate
swap on other than a net basis,  the Fund will maintain the full amount  accrued
on a daily  basis of the Fund's  obligations  with  respect to the swap in their
segregated account. The use of a segregated account in connection with leveraged
transactions may result in a Fund's portfolio being 100 percent leveraged.
    

         REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS AND LENDING OF PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each Fund
may seek additional income by entering into repurchase  agreements or by lending
securities   from  its  portfolio  to  brokers,   dealers  and  other  financial
institutions.  These  investments  may entail certain risks not associated  with
direct investments in securities.  For instance, in the event that bankruptcy or
similar  proceedings were commenced against a counterparty in these transactions
or a counterparty defaulted on its obligations,  a Fund might suffer a loss. The
Adviser monitors the  creditworthiness  of counterparties to these  transactions
and  intends  to  enter  into  these  transactions  only  when it  believes  the
counterparties present minimal credit risks and the income to be earned from the
transaction justifies the attendant risks.

         Repurchase  agreements  are  transactions  in which a Fund  purchases a
security and simultaneously  commits to resell that security to the seller at an
agreed-upon  price on an  agreed-upon  future  date,  normally one to seven days
later.  The resale price  reflects a market rate of interest that is not related
to the coupon rate or maturity of the  purchased  security.  When a Fund lends a
security  it  receives  interest  from  the  borrower  or  from  investing  cash
collateral.  The Trust maintains  possession of the purchased securities and any
underlying collateral in these transactions,  the total market value of which on
a  continuous  basis  is at  least  equal  to the  repurchase  price or value of
securities  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest.  The Funds may pay fees to arrange
securities loans.
<PAGE>

         WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS.  Each Fund may purchase
securities offered on a "when-issued"  basis and may purchase or sell securities
on a "forward  commitment"  basis. When these  transactions are negotiated,  the
price,  which is generally  expressed  in yield terms,  is fixed at the time the
commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities  take place at a
later date.  Normally,  the  settlement  date occurs within two months after the
transaction.   The  Funds  purchase  securities  on  a  when-issued  or  forward
commitment basis only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the
securities,  as the  case  may be.  When-issued  securities  may  include  bonds
purchased  on a "when,  as and if issued"  basis under which the issuance of the
securities  depends upon the occurrence of a subsequent  event, such as approval
of a proposed financing by appropriate municipal authorities.

         During the period  between a commitment and  settlement,  no payment is
made for the securities purchased and, thus, no dividends or interest accrues to
the  purchaser  from  the  transaction.  However,  at the  time a Fund  makes  a
commitment to purchase  securities in this manner, the Fund immediately  assumes
the risk of ownership,  including price fluctuation.  Failure by the other party
to deliver or pay for a security  purchased  or sold by the Fund may result in a
loss or a missed opportunity to make an alternative investment.  Any significant
commitment  of a Fund's  assets  committed  to the purchase of  securities  on a
when-issued or forward  commitment  basis may increase the volatility of its net
asset value.

         The use of when-issued  transactions and forward commitments may enable
a Fund to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. If the
Adviser were to forecast  incorrectly  the direction of interest rate movements,
however,  the Fund might be required to complete  these  transactions  at prices
inferior to the current  market values.  No  when-issued or forward  commitments
will be made by a Fund if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund's
total assets would be committed to such transactions.

DEBT SECURITIES

         The market value of debt securities  (including  municipal  securities)
depends on, among other  things,  conditions  in the market for the security and
the fixed  income  markets  generally,  the size of a particular  offering,  the
maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. The market value of the
interest-bearing  debt  securities held by the Funds will be affected by changes
in interest rates. There is normally an inverse  relationship between the market
value of securities sensitive to prevailing interest rates and actual changes in
interest rates. In other words, a decline in interest rates produces an increase
in market  value,  while an increase in  interest  rates  produces a decrease in
market value.  Moreover,  the longer the remaining  maturity of a security,  the
greater will be the effect of interest  rate changes on the market value of that
security.  Changes in the ability of an issuer to make  payments of interest and
principal and in the market's  perception of an issuer's  creditworthiness  will
also affect the market value of the debt securities of that issuer.  Obligations
of issuers of debt  securities  are  subject to the  provisions  of  bankruptcy,
insolvency  and other laws  affecting the rights and remedies of creditors.  The
possibility  exists,  therefore,  that,  as a  result  of  litigation  or  other
conditions,  the ability of any issuer to pay,  when due,  the  principal of and
interest on its debt securities may be materially impaired.
<PAGE>

RATING MATTERS

   
         The Funds will invest in securities  rated in the categories  specified
by their  investment  policies.  Investors  Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund may
purchase  unrated  securities  if the Adviser  determines  the security to be of
comparable  quality  to a rated  security  that the Fund may  purchase.  Unrated
securities  may not be as  actively  traded as rated  securities.  The Funds may
retain a  security  whose  rating  has been  lowered  below  the  Fund's  lowest
permissible  rating  category (or that are unrated and determined by the Adviser
to be of comparable  quality to  securities  whose rating has been lowered below
the Fund's lowest  permissible  rating category) if the Adviser  determines that
retaining the security is in the best interests of the Fund.
    

         The Fund's  investments  are subject to "credit  risk"  relating to the
financial  condition  of the issuers of the  securities  that the Funds hold.  A
further  description of the rating  categories of certain NRSROs is contained in
the SAI.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

   
         The  securities in which the Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund
invest may have variable or floating  rates of interest.  These  securities  pay
interest  at rates  that are  adjusted  periodically  according  to a  specified
formula,  usually with reference to some interest rate index or market  interest
rate (the  "underlying  index").  The  interest  paid on these  securities  is a
function  primarily  of the  underlying  index  upon  which  the  interest  rate
adjustments are based. Such adjustments  minimize changes in the market value of
the  obligation  and,  accordingly,  enhance the ability of a Fund to maintain a
stable net asset  value.  Similar to fixed rate debt  instruments,  variable and
floating  rate  instruments  are subject to changes in value based on changes in
market interest rates or changes in the issuer's  creditworthiness.  The rate of
interest  on  securities  purchased  by a Fund may be tied to  various  rates of
interest or indices.

         There may not be an active  secondary  market for  certain  floating or
variable rate  instruments,  which could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose
of an  instrument  during  periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise any
demand rights it may have. The Fund could,  for this or other reasons,  suffer a
loss with respect to an  instrument.  The Adviser  monitors the liquidity of the
Funds' investment in variable and floating rate instruments, but there can be no
guarantee that an active secondary market will exist.  Investors High Grade Bond
Fund will no invest in variable and floating rate securities.
    

SWAP AGREEMENTS

         To manage its exposure to different  types of  investments,  a Fund may
enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements
and may purchase and sell  interest  rate "caps,"  "floors" and  "collars." In a
typical interest rate swap agreement,  one party agrees to make regular payments
equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the "notional 


<PAGE>

principal  amount") in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the
same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement  provides for payment in
different  currencies,  the  parties  may also agree to  exchange  the  notional
principal  amount.  Mortgage swap  agreements  are similar to interest rate swap
agreements,  except that the  notional  principal  amount is tied to a reference
pool of mortgages.  In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a
fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser
of an  interest  rate cap has the  right to  receive  payments  to the  extent a
specified  interest  rate  exceeds an agreed upon  level;  the  purchaser  of an
interest rate floor has the right to receive  payments to the extent a specified
interest rate falls below an agreed upon level. A collar  entitles the purchaser
to receive  payments to the extent a specified  interest  rate falls  outside an
agreed upon range.

         Swap  agreements  may  involve  leverage  and may be  highly  volatile;
depending  on how they are  used,  they may have a  considerable  impact  on the
Fund's performance. See "Techniques Involving Leverage." Swap agreements involve
risks depending upon the counterparties  creditworthiness and ability to perform
as well as the Fund's  ability to terminate  its swap  agreements  or reduce its
exposure   through   offsetting   transactions.   The   Adviser   monitors   the
creditworthiness  of counterparties  to these  transactions and intends to enter
into these transactions only when it believes the counterparties present minimal
credit risks and the income expected to be earned from the transaction justifies
the attendant risks.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION

         When business or financial conditions warrant, for example, when issues
of  sufficient  quality and  liquidity  are not  available,  a Fund may assume a
temporary  defensive  position  and  invest all or part of its assets in cash or
prime  quality  cash  equivalents,  including  (i)  short-term  U.S.  Government
securities,   (ii)   certificates   of   deposit,   bankers'   acceptances   and
interest-bearing  savings  deposits of  commercial  banks doing  business in the
United States,  (iii) commercial paper, (iv) repurchase  agreements covering any
of the  securities  in which the Fund may invest  directly and (v) to the extent
permitted by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  money market  mutual  funds.
During  periods  when and to the  extent  that a Fund has  assumed  a  temporary
defensive position, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.

CORE AND GATEWAY(R)

         Shareholders  of each Fund have  approved  an  investment  policy  that
permits the Fund to seek to achieve its investment  objective by converting to a
Core and  Gateway  structure.  The  Funds  upon  future  action  by the Board of
Trustees and notice to  shareholders,  may convert to this  structure,  in which
each Fund would  hold as its only  investment  securities  the shares of another
investment  company  having  substantially  the same  investment  objective  and
policies as the Fund.  The Board of Trustees will not authorize  conversion to a
Core and Gateway  structure if it would  materially  increase  costs to a Fund's
shareholders.
<PAGE>

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

   
         The  frequency of portfolio  transactions  of each Fund (the  portfolio
turnover rate) will vary from year to year depending on market conditions.  From
time to time the Funds may engage in active  short-term  trading to benefit from
yield disparities among different issues of debt securities,  to seek short-term
profits during periods of fluctuating interest rates, or for other reasons. This
type of trading will increase the Funds' portfolio turnover rate and transaction
costs and may increase the Funds'  short-term  capital gain, which is taxable as
ordinary  income.  The Adviser  weighs the  anticipated  benefits of  short-term
investments against these consequences.  Investors Bond Fund's and TaxSaver Bond
Fund's portfolio  turnover rates are reported under "Financial  Highlights." For
the fiscal year ending  March 31,  1998,  the  Investors  High Grade Bond Fund's
portfolio turnover rate is not expected to exceed 100%.
    

6.       MANAGEMENT

         The business of the Trust is managed  under the  direction of the Board
of Trustees.  The Board  formulates the general  policies of the Funds and meets
periodically to review the results of the Funds,  monitor investment  activities
and practices and discuss other matters affecting the Fund and the Trust.

ADMINISTRATOR

         Subject to the  supervision  of the Board,  FAS  supervises the overall
management  of the Funds.  FAS,  FFSI,  the Adviser and the  Transfer  Agent are
members of the Forum  Financial  Group of companies and together  provide a full
range of services to the investment company and financial services industry.  As
of the date of this Prospectus, FAS and FFSI acted as manager and distributor of
registered  investment  companies  and  collective  trust  funds with  assets of
approximately $18 billion and FAS, FFSI, the Adviser and the Transfer Agent were
controlled by John Y. Keffer, President and Chairman of the Trust.

   
         Under its  administration  agreement with the Trust, FAS supervises all
aspects of the Funds'  operations,  including  the receipt of services for which
the Trust is obligated to pay, provides the Trust with general office facilities
and  provides,  at the Trust's  expense,  the  services of persons  necessary to
perform such supervisory, administrative and clerical functions as are needed to
effectively  operate  the  Trust.  Those  officers,  as  well as  certain  other
employees and Trustees of the Trust, may be directors,  officers or employees of
(and  persons  providing  services  to  the  Trust  may  include)  FAS  and  its
affiliates. For these services and facilities, FAS receives with respect to each
Fund a management  fee at an annual rate of 0.20% of each Fund's  average  daily
net assets.
    

DISTRIBUTOR

         FFSI acts as the  distributor  of shares  of the  Funds  pursuant  to a
Distribution Agreement with the Trust. FFSI receives, and may reallow to certain
financial  institutions,  the sales charge paid by the  purchasers of the Funds'
shares.  See  "Purchases and  Redemptions of Shares - Sales  Charges." FFSI is a
registered  broker-dealer and investment adviser and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
<PAGE>

ADVISER

         Forum  Advisors,  Inc.  serves as the investment  adviser of each Fund.
Subject to the general  supervision of the Board,  the Adviser makes  investment
decisions for the Funds. For its services,  the Adviser receives an advisory fee
at an annual rate of 0.40% of each Fund's average daily net assets.  The Adviser
was incorporated  under the laws of Delaware in 1987 and is registered under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

         Les  C.  Berthy,  Managing  Director  of the  Adviser  since  1989,  is
primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds' portfolios and
has been since the Funds' inception.  Prior to his association with the Adviser,
Mr. Berthy was Managing  Director and Co-Chief  Executive Officer of Irwin Union
Capital Corp., an affiliate of Irwin Union Bank & Trust Co.

   
SHAREHOLDER SERVICING AND FUND ACCOUNTING

         Shareholder  inquiries and  communications  concerning each Fund may be
directed  to the  Transfer  Agent.  The  Transfer  Agent also acts as the Funds'
dividend  disbursing agent. The Transfer Agent maintains for each shareholder of
record, an account (unless such accounts are maintained by sub-transfer  agents)
to which all shares purchased are credited, together with any distributions that
are  reinvested in additional  shares and also performs  other  transfer  agency
functions. For its services, the Transfer Agent receives a fee at an annual rate
of 0.25% of each  Fund's  average  daily net assets  plus  $12,000  and  certain
shareholder  account  fees.  Pursuant  to an  agreement  with the  Trust,  Forum
Accounting  Services,  LLC performs portfolio accounting services for the Funds,
including determination of the Funds' net asset value and receives a fee for its
services.
    

         The  Transfer  Agent is  authorized  to  subcontract  any or all of its
functions to one or more  qualified  sub-transfer  agents or processing  agents,
which  may be  processing  organizations  (as  described  under  "Purchases  and
Redemptions   of  Shares  -  Purchases   and   Redemptions   through   Financial
Institutions"),  FAS or affiliates of FAS, who agree to comply with the terms of
the Transfer Agency Agreement. The Transfer Agent may pay those agents for their
services,  but no such payment will increase the Transfer  Agent's  compensation
from the Trust.

EXPENSES OF THE TRUST

         Each Fund's  expenses  comprise Trust expenses  attributable to a Fund,
which are charged to the Fund,  and  expenses not  attributable  to a particular
fund of the Trust, which are allocated among the Fund and all other funds of the
Trust in proportion to their average net assets.  Subject to the  obligations of
the Adviser to reimburse the Trust for excess  expenses of the Funds,  the Trust
pays for all of its expenses.  The Adviser, FAS and the Transfer Agent, in their
sole  discretion,  may waive all or any portion of their  respective fees, which
are accrued daily and paid monthly. Any such waiver, which could be discontinued
at any time,  would have the effect of increasing a Fund's  performance  for the
period  during  which the waiver was in effect  and would not be  recouped  at a
later date.
<PAGE>

7.       PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF SHARES

GENERAL INFORMATION

         Investments  in a Fund may be made  either by an  investor  directly or
through  certain  brokers or financial  institutions  of which the investor is a
customer.  All  transactions  in Fund shares are  effected  through the Transfer
Agent,  which accepts orders for purchases and redemptions from  shareholders of
record and new  investors.  Shareholders  of record will  receive from the Trust
periodic  statements  listing all account activity during the statement  period.
The Trust  reserves the right in the future to modify,  limit or  terminate  any
shareholder  privilege upon appropriate  notice to shareholders and may charge a
fee for  certain  shareholder  services,  although  no such  fees are  currently
contemplated.

   
         PURCHASES.  Fund  Shares  are sold at a price  equal to their net asset
value  next-determined  after acceptance of an order,  plus any applicable sales
charge on all weekdays  except days when the New York Stock  Exchange is closed,
normally,  New Year's Day,  Martin  Luther King Jr. Day,  President's  Day, Good
Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day  and
Christmas  ("Fund  Business Day") (see "Sales Charges"  below).  Fund shares are
issued  immediately  after an order for the shares in proper form is accepted by
the  Transfer  Agent.  Each Fund's net asset value is  calculated  at 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern time on each Fund Business  Day. Fund shares become  entitled to receive
dividends on the next Fund Business Day after the order is accepted.
    

         The Funds reserve the right to reject any subscription for the purchase
of their shares.  Stock  certificates  are issued only to shareholders of record
upon their written request and no certificates are issued for fractional shares.

         REDEMPTIONS.  Fund shares may be redeemed  without  charge at their net
asset value on any Fund Business Day.  There is no minimum  period of investment
and no restriction on the frequency of redemptions.  Fund shares are redeemed as
of the next determination of the Fund's net asset value following  acceptance by
the Transfer  Agent of the  redemption  order in proper form (and any supporting
documentation  which the Transfer  Agent may require).  Shares  redeemed are not
entitled to receive  dividends  declared  after the day on which the  redemption
becomes effective.

         Normally,  redemption  proceeds are paid  immediately,  but in no event
later than seven days, following  acceptance of a redemption order.  Proceeds of
redemption requests (and exchanges),  however, will not be paid unless any check
used to purchase the shares has been cleared by the  shareholder's  bank,  which
may take up to 15 calendar days. This delay may be avoided by investing  through
wire transfers.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  redemption  proceeds normally are
paid  by  check  mailed  to the  shareholder's  record  address.  The  right  of
redemption  may not be suspended nor the payment  dates  postponed for more than
seven days after the tender of the shares to the Fund  except  when the New York
Stock Exchange is closed (or when trading  thereon is restricted) for any reason
other than its customary  weekend or holiday  closings or under any emergency or
other circumstance as determined by the SEC.
<PAGE>

         Proceeds of redemptions  normally are paid in cash.  However,  payments
may be made wholly or partially in portfolio  securities if the Board determines
that payment in cash would be detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. The
Trust will only effect a redemption in portfolio  securities  if the  particular
shareholder  is  redeeming  more than  $250,000  or 1% of the Fund's net assets,
whichever is less, during any 90-day period.

         The Trust employs reasonable procedures to ensure that telephone orders
are  genuine  (which  include  recording  certain  transactions  and  the use of
shareholder  security codes).  If the Trust did not employ such  procedures,  it
could be liable for any  losses  due to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  telephone
instructions.  Shareholders should verify the accuracy of telephone instructions
immediately  upon receipt of  confirmation  statements.  During times of drastic
economic or market changes,  telephone redemption and exchange privileges may be
difficult to implement.  In the event that a shareholder  is unable to reach the
Transfer  Agent by telephone,  requests may be mailed or  hand-delivered  to the
Transfer Agent.

         Due to the cost to the Trust of maintaining smaller accounts, the Trust
reserves the right to redeem,  upon not less than 60 days' written  notice,  all
shares  in any Fund  account  with an  aggregate  net  asset  value of less than
$1,000. The Trust will not redeem accounts that fall below that amount solely as
a result of a reduction in net asset value.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION PROCEDURES

   
         The  following  purchase  and  redemption  procedures  and  shareholder
services apply to investors who invest in the Funds  directly.  These  investors
may open an account by submitting a fully completed new Account Application form
at the  back of this  Prospectus  or by  contacting  the  Transfer  Agent at the
address on the first page of this prospectus. For those shareholder services not
referenced  on the Account  Application  and to change  information  regarding a
shareholder's account (such as addresses),  investors should request an Optional
Services Form from the Transfer  Agent.  Accounts  submitted  without a correct,
certified taxpayer  identification number will be subject to backup withholding.
See the Account Application,  "Taxpayer  Identification  Number  Certification."
Shares also may be purchased and redeemed through certain broker-dealers, banks,
trust  companies  and  their  affiliates,   and  other  financial  institutions,
including  affiliates of the Transfer  Agent.  See  "Purchases  and  Redemptions
Through Financial Institutions" below.
    

INITIAL PURCHASE OF SHARES

   
         There is a $5,000 minimum for initial  investments in each Fund ($2,000
for individual retirement accounts see "Individual Retirement Accounts" below).
    

         BY MAIL.  Investors  may send a check made  payable to the Trust  along
with a completed  account  application  to the Fund at the address listed on the
cover page of this  Prospectus.  Checks are  accepted  at full value  subject to
collection.  If a check does not clear,  the purchase order will be canceled and
the investor  will be liable for any losses or fees  incurred by the Trust,  the
Transfer Agent or Forum.
<PAGE>

   
         BY BANK WIRE. To make an initial investment in each Fund using the wire
system for  transmittal of money among banks, an investor should first telephone
the Trust at 800-94FORUM  (800-943-6786)  or (207) 879-0001 to obtain an account
number.  The investor  should then instruct a bank to wire the investor's  money
immediately to:
    

         BankBoston
         Boston, Massachusetts
         ABA# 011000390
         For Credit To: Forum Financial Corp.
         Account #: 541-54171
                  Re: [Name of Fund]
                  Account #:
                  Account Name:

         The  investor  should  then  promptly  complete  and mail  the  account
application. Any investor planning to wire funds should instruct a bank early in
the day so the wire transfer can be  accomplished  the same day.  There may be a
charge imposed by the bank for transmitting  payment by wire, and there also may
be a charge for the use of Federal Funds.

SUBSEQUENT PURCHASES OF SHARES

   
         BY MAIL OR BANK WIRE. There is a $500 minimum for subsequent purchases.
Subsequent purchases may be made by mailing a check or by sending a bank wire as
indicated  above.  Shareholders  using the wire system for purchase should first
telephone the Trust at 800-94FORUM (800-943-6786) or (207) 879-0001 to notify it
of the wire transfer.  All payments  should clearly  indicate the  shareholder's
name and account number.

         AUTOMATIC PURCHASES.  Shareholders may purchase Fund shares at regular,
preselected  intervals by  authorizing  the  automatic  transfer of funds from a
designated  bank account  maintained  with a United States  banking  institution
which is an  Automated  Clearing  House  member.  Under  the  program,  existing
shareholders may authorize amounts of $250 or more to be debited from their bank
account and invested in a Fund monthly or quarterly.  Shareholders may terminate
their  automatic  investments or change the amount to be invested at any time by
written notification to the Transfer Agent.
    

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

         Shareholders  who  wish  to  redeem  shares  by  telephone  or  receive
redemption proceeds by bank wire must elect these options by properly completing
the appropriate sections of their account application.  These privileges may not
be available until several weeks after a shareholder's  application is received.
Shares for which certificates have been issued may not be redeemed by telephone.
<PAGE>

         BY MAIL.  Shareholders may make a redemption in any amount by sending a
written request to the Transfer Agent  accompanied by any stock certificate that
may have been issued to the  shareholder.  All written  requests for  redemption
must be signed by the shareholder with signature guaranteed and all certificates
submitted for  redemption  must be endorsed by the  shareholder  with  signature
guaranteed.

         BY  TELEPHONE.  A  shareholder  who has  elected  telephone  redemption
privileges may make a telephone redemption request by calling the Transfer Agent
at 800-94FORUM  (800-943-6786) or (207) 879-0001 and providing the shareholder's
account number, the exact name in which the shareholder's  shares are registered
and the  shareholder's  social security or taxpayer  identification  number.  In
response to the telephone redemption instruction,  the Fund will mail a check to
the  shareholder's  record  address  or, if the  shareholder  has  elected  wire
redemption privileges, wire the proceeds.

         BY BANK WIRE. For redemptions of more than $5,000,  a shareholder  that
has elected  wire  redemption  privileges  may  request a Fund to  transmit  the
redemption  proceeds by Federal  Funds wire to a bank account  designated on the
shareholder's   account  application.   To  request  bank  wire  redemptions  by
telephone,  the  shareholder  also must have  elected the  telephone  redemption
privilege.  Redemption  proceeds  are  transmitted  by wire on the day after the
redemption request in proper form is received by the Transfer Agent.

         AUTOMATIC REDEMPTIONS.  Shareholders may redeem Fund shares at regular,
preselected  intervals by  authorizing  the automatic  redemption of shares from
their  Fund  account.  Redemption  proceeds  will be sent  either by check or by
automatic  transfer to a designated bank account maintained with a United States
banking  institution  which is an Automated  Clearing  House member.  Under this
program,  shareholders may authorize the redemption of shares in amounts of $250
or more from their account monthly, twice a month or quarterly. Shareholders may
terminate their automatic redemptions or change the amount to be redeemed at any
time by written notification to the Transfer Agent.

         OTHER  REDEMPTION  MATTERS.  A signature  guarantee is required for any
written  redemption  request and for any endorsement on a stock  certificate.  A
signature  guarantee also is required for instructions to change a shareholder's
record  name or  address,  designated  bank  account  for  wire  redemptions  or
automatic investment or redemption,  dividend election,  telephone redemption or
exchange  option  election or any other option  election in connection  with the
shareholder's  account.  Signature  guarantees  may be provided by any  eligible
institution,  including  a bank,  a broker,  a  dealer,  a  national  securities
exchange,  a credit  union,  or a  savings  association  that is  authorized  to
guarantee  signatures,  acceptable to the Transfer  Agent.  Whenever a signature
guarantee is  required,  the  signature of each person  required to sign for the
account must be guaranteed.

         The  Transfer  Agent  will  deem  a  shareholder's  account  "lost"  if
correspondence  to the  shareholder's  address  of  record is  returned  for six
months, unless the Transfer Agent determines the shareholder's new address. When
an account is deemed lost all distributions on the account will be reinvested in
additional  shares of the  Fund.  In  addition,  the  amount of any  outstanding
(unpaid for six months or more) checks for distributions that have been returned
to the Transfer Agent will be reinvested and the checks will be canceled.
<PAGE>

SALES CHARGES

         The  public  offering  price for shares of a Fund is the sum of the net
asset value of the shares being purchased plus any applicable  sales charge.  No
sales   charge  is  assessed  on  the   reinvestment   of   dividends  or  other
distributions.  The  sales  charge is  assessed  as  follows  (net  asset  value
percentages are rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent):
<TABLE>

                                                 Sales Charge
                                                   as % of
                                          -----------------------------
<S>               <C>                                     <C>              <C>                     <C> 

                                                         Public
                                                     Offering Price     Net Asset                Dealers'
            AMOUNT OF PURCHASE                       --------------       Value                 Reallowance
            ------------------                                            -----                 -----------
            less than $100,000                           3.75%            3.90%                    3.25%
            $100,000 but less than $200,000               3.25             3.36                    2.85
            $200,000 but less than $400,000               2.50             2.56                    2.20
            $400,000 but less than $600,000               2.00             2.04                    1.75
            $600,000 but less than $800,000               1.50             1.52                    1.25
            $800,000 but less than $1,000,000             1.00             1.01                    0.75
            $1,000,000 and up                             0.50             0.50                    0.40
</TABLE>

         FFSI's  commission is the sales charge shown above less any  applicable
discount  reallowed to selected  brokers and dealers  (including  banks and bank
affiliates purchasing shares as principal or agent). Normally, FFSI will reallow
discounts to selected brokers and dealers in the amounts  indicated in the table
above.  From time to time,  however,  FFSI may elect to reallow the entire sales
charge to selected brokers or dealers for all sales with respect to which orders
are placed with FFSI during a particular period. The dealers' reallowance may be
changed from time to time.

         In addition, from time to time and at its own expense, FFSI may provide
compensation,  including  financial  assistance,  to dealers in connection  with
conferences,  sales or training  programs for their employees,  seminars for the
public,   advertising  campaigns  or  other  dealer-sponsored   special  events.
Compensation may include:  (i) the provision of travel arrangements and lodging,
(ii) tickets for entertainment events and (iii) merchandise.

         No sales  charge  will be  assessed on  purchases  made for  investment
purposes  by:  (a) any bank,  trust  company,  savings  association  or  similar
institution with whom FFSI has entered into a share purchase agreement acting on
behalf  of  the  institution's   fiduciary  customer  accounts  or  any  account
maintained by its trust department (including a pension, profit sharing or other
employee benefit trust created pursuant to a qualified retirement plan); (b) any
registered  investment  adviser with whom FFSI has entered into a share purchase
agreement and which is acting on behalf of its fiduciary customer accounts;  (c)
any  broker-dealer  with whom FFSI has entered into a Selected 


<PAGE>

Dealer  Agreement and a Fee-Based or Wrap Account  Agreement and which is acting
on behalf of its fee-based  program  clients;  (d) directors and officers of the
Trust; directors,  officers and full-time employees of the Adviser, FFSI, any of
their affiliates or any organization with which FFSI has entered into a selected
dealer or processing agent agreement;  the spouse,  sibling,  direct ancestor or
direct descendent  (collectively,  "relatives") of any such person; any trust or
individual  retirement account or self-employed  retirement plan for the benefit
of any such person or  relative;  or the estate of any such person or  relative;
(e) any person who has, within the preceding 90 days,  redeemed Fund shares (but
only on purchases in amounts not exceeding the redeemed amounts) and completes a
reinstatement form upon investment;  (f) persons who exchange into a Fund from a
mutual  fund  other than a fund of the Trust that  participates  in the  Trust's
exchange program,  see "Purchases and Redemptions of Shares - Exchange Program;"
and (g)  employee  benefit  plans  qualified  under  Section 401 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986. The Trust may require  appropriate  documentation  from an
investor concerning that investor's  eligibility to purchase Fund shares without
a sales charge. Any shares so purchased may not be resold except to the Fund.

REDUCED SALES CHARGES

         For an  investor  to qualify for a reduced  sales  charge as  described
below,  the  investor  must notify the  Transfer  Agent at the time of purchase.
Programs for reduced sales charges may be modified or terminated at any time and
are subject to confirmation of an investor's holdings.

         RIGHTS OF ACCUMULATION.  An investor's purchase of additional shares of
a Fund may qualify for rights of  accumulation  ("ROA")  wherein the  applicable
sales charge will be based on the total of the investor's  current  purchase and
the net asset value (at the end of the previous  Fund Business Day) of shares of
that Fund held by the investor.  For example,  if an investor  owned shares of a
Fund worth $400,000 at the then current net asset value and purchased  shares of
the Fund worth an additional $50,000,  the sales charge for the $50,000 purchase
would be at the 2% rate applicable to a single $450,000 purchase, rather than at
the 3.75% rate.  To qualify for ROA on a purchase,  the investor must inform the
Transfer  Agent and supply  sufficient  information to verify that each purchase
qualifies for the privilege or discount.

         LETTER OF INTENT. Investors may also obtain reduced sales charges based
on cumulative  purchases by means of a written Letter of Intent  ("LOI"),  which
expresses the investor's intention to invest $100,000 or more within a period of
13 months in shares of a Fund.  Each purchase of shares under a LOI will be made
at the public offering price  applicable at the time of the purchase to a single
transaction of the dollar amount indicated in the LOI.

         An LOI is not a binding  obligation  upon the  investor to purchase the
full  amount  indicated.  Shares  purchased  with  the  first  5% of the  amount
indicated  in the  LOI  will be  held  subject  to a  registered  pledge  (while
remaining  registered  in the name of the  investor)  to secure  payment  of the
higher  sales charge  applicable  to the shares  actually  purchased if the full
amount  indicated  is not  purchased  within 13 months.  Pledged  shares will be
involuntarily  redeemed to pay the additional sales charge,  if necessary.  When
the full amount  indicated has been purchased,  the shares will be released from
pledge.  Share  certificates  are not issued for shares  purchased under an LOI.
Investors  wishing  to enter  into an LOI can  obtain  a form of LOI from  their
broker or financial institution or by contacting the Transfer Agent.
<PAGE>

EXCHANGES

         Fund  shareholders  are entitled to exchange their shares for shares of
the other Fund, any other fund of the Trust or any other fund that  participates
in the exchange program (currently, Sound Shore Fund, Inc.) and whose shares are
eligible for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges may only be
made between accounts registered in the same name. The minimum amount to open an
account in a Fund through an exchange  from another fund is $2,500.  A completed
account application must be submitted to open a new account in a Fund through an
exchange if the shareholder  requests any  shareholder  privilege not associated
with the existing account. Exchanges are subject to the fees charged by, and the
restrictions  listed in the prospectus for, the fund into which a shareholder is
exchanging,  including minimum investment requirements.  The Funds do not charge
for the  exchange  privilege  and there is  currently  no limit on the number of
exchanges a shareholder may make.

         The Trust (and Federal tax law) treats an exchange as a  redemption  of
the shares  owned and the  purchase  of the  shares of the fund being  acquired.
Redemptions and purchases are effected at the respective net asset values of the
two funds as next determined  following  receipt of proper  instructions and all
necessary supporting documents by the fund whose shares are being exchanged.

         If a shareholder exchanges into a fund that imposes a sales charge, the
shareholder is required to pay the  difference  between that fund's sales charge
and any sales charge the  shareholder has previously paid in connection with the
shares being exchanged.  For example, if a shareholder paid a 2% sales charge in
connection  with the purchase of the shares of a fund and then  exchanged  those
shares into another fund with a 3% sales charge,  that shareholder  would pay an
additional  1%  sales  charge  on the  exchange.  Shares  acquired  through  the
reinvestment  of dividends  and  distributions  are deemed to have been acquired
with a sales  charge rate equal to that paid on the shares on which the dividend
or distribution was paid. The exchange  privilege may be modified  materially or
terminated by the Trust at any time upon 60 days' notice to shareholders.

         BY MAIL.  Exchanges may be accomplished  by written  instruction to the
Transfer Agent accompanied by any stock certificate that may have been issued to
the  shareholder.  All  written  requests  for  exchanges  must be signed by the
shareholder  (a  signature  guarantee  is not  required)  and  all  certificates
submitted  for  exchange  must be endorsed  by the  shareholder  with  signature
guaranteed.

         BY  TELEPHONE.  Exchanges  may  be  accomplished  by  telephone  by any
shareholder  who has  elected  telephone  exchange  privileges  by  calling  the
Transfer Agent at 800-94FORUM (800-943-6786) or (207) 879-0001 and providing the
shareholder's  account number, the exact name in which the shareholder's  shares
are registered and the shareholder's social security or taxpayer  identification
number.
<PAGE>

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

   
         Each of Investors  Bond Fund and Investors  High Grade Bond Fund should
not be  considered  as a complete  investment  vehicle  for the  assets  held in
individual  retirement accounts ("IRAs").  The minimum initial investment for an
IRA is $2,000 and the minimum  subsequent  investment is $500.  Individuals  may
make  tax-deductible  IRA  contributions  of up to a maximum of $2,000 annually.
However,  this  deduction will be reduced if the individual or, in the case of a
married individual either the individual or the individual's spouse is an active
participant in an employer-sponsored  retirement plan and the individual (or, in
certain  cases,  the married  couple) has adjusted  gross  income above  certain
levels.
    

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

         Shares may be purchased and redeemed  through  certain  broker-dealers,
banks, trust companies and their affiliates,  and other financial  institutions,
including  affiliates  of  the  Transfer  Agent  ("Processing   Organizations").
Processing  Organizations may receive as a dealer's reallowance a portion of the
sales  charge paid by their  customers  who purchase  Fund shares.  In addition,
Processing Organizations may charge their customers a fee for their services and
are  responsible  for  promptly  transmitting  purchase,  redemption  and  other
requests  to the  Fund.  The Trust is not  responsible  for the  failure  of any
Processing Organization to promptly forward these requests.

         Investors who purchase shares through a Processing  Organization may be
charged a fee if they effect  transactions  in Fund  shares  through a broker or
agent and will be subject to the  procedures of their  Processing  Organization,
which  may  include   limitations,   investment   minimums,   cutoff  times  and
restrictions in addition to, or different from, those applicable to shareholders
who invest in the Fund directly. These investors should acquaint themselves with
their  Processing  Organization's  procedures and should read this Prospectus in
conjunction  with any materials  and  information  provided by their  Processing
Organization.   Investors  who  purchase   Fund  shares   through  a  Processing
Organization  may or may not be the shareholder of record and,  subject to their
Processing  Organization's  and the  Fund's  procedures,  may have  Fund  shares
transferred  into  their  name.  Under  their   arrangements   with  the  Trust,
broker-dealer  Processing  Organizations  are not generally  required to deliver
payment for purchase  orders until several  business days after a purchase order
has been received by a Fund.  Certain other  Processing  Organizations  may also
enter purchase orders with payment to follow.

         Certain  shareholder  services may not be available to shareholders who
have purchased  shares  through a Processing  Organization.  These  shareholders
should contact their Processing Organization for further information.  The Trust
may confirm purchases and redemptions of a Processing  Organization's  customers
directly  to the  Processing  Organization,  which  in  turn  will  provide  its
customers with such confirmations and periodic  statements as may be required by
law or agreed to between the  Processing  Organization  and its  customers.  The
Trust is not responsible for the failure of any Processing Organization to carry
out its obligations to its customer. Certain states permit shares of the Fund to
be purchased and redeemed only through registered broker-dealers,  including the
Fund's distributor.
<PAGE>

8.       DIVIDENDS AND TAX MATTERS

DIVIDENDS

         Dividends of each Fund's net  investment  income are declared daily and
paid monthly.  Distributions of net capital gain, if any, realized by a Fund are
distributed annually.

         Shareholders  may choose  either to have all  dividends  reinvested  in
additional  shares of the Fund that paid the  dividend or  received in cash.  In
addition,  shareholders  may have  dividends of net capital gain  reinvested  in
shares of each of the Funds and dividends of net investment income paid in cash.
All  dividends  are treated in the same manner for Federal  income tax  purposes
whether received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Funds.

         All  dividends  will be  reinvested at the Fund's net asset value as of
the payment date of the dividend.  All dividends are  reinvested  unless another
option is selected. All dividends not reinvested will be paid to the shareholder
in cash.  Cash  payments may be paid more than seven days  following the date on
which dividends would otherwise be reinvested.

TAXES

         Each Fund  intends to  continue  to qualify  for each fiscal year to be
taxed as a "regulated  investment  company"  under the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended. As such, the Funds will not be liable for Federal income taxes
on the  net  investment  income  and  net  capital  gain  distributed  to  their
shareholders. Because the Funds intend to distribute all of their net investment
income and net capital gain each year, the Funds should avoid all Federal income
and excise taxes.

   
         INVESTORS BOND FUND AND INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND.  Dividends paid
by each  Fund out of its net  investment  income  (including  any  realized  net
short-term capital gain) are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
    

         TAXSAVER  BOND FUND.  Shareholders  of the Fund  generally  will not be
subject to Federal  income tax on dividends  paid by the Fund out of  tax-exempt
interest  income  earned  by the Fund  ("exempt-interest  dividends"),  assuming
certain  requirements  are met.  Substantially  all of the dividends paid by the
Fund are anticipated to be exempt-interest  dividends. Any dividends paid by the
Fund out of its  taxable net  investment  income  (including  any  realized  net
short-term capital gain) are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

         Persons who are  "substantial  users" or "related  persons"  thereof of
facilities financed by private activity bonds held by the Fund may be subject to
Federal  income tax on their pro rata share of the  interest  income  from these
bonds and should  consult  their tax advisors  before  purchasing  shares of the
Fund. Under current Federal tax law,  interest on certain private activity bonds
is treated as an item of tax  preference for purposes of the Federal AMT imposed
on  individuals  and  corporations.  In  addition,  interest  on all  tax-exempt
obligations is included in the "adjusted  current  earnings" of corporations for
Federal AMT purposes.
<PAGE>

         Interest on indebtedness  incurred by shareholders to purchase or carry
shares of the Fund generally is not deductible for Federal income tax purposes.

         The exemption for Federal income tax purposes of dividends derived from
interest on municipal  securities  does not  necessarily  result in an exemption
under  the  income or other  tax laws of any  state or local  taxing  authority.
Shareholders  of the Fund may be exempt  from  state  and local  taxes on exempt
interest  dividends derived from obligations of the state and/or  municipalities
of the state in which they reside.  Shareholders may, however, be subject to tax
on income  derived from the  municipal  securities of  jurisdictions  other than
those in which they reside.  Shareholders  are advised to consult with their tax
advisors  concerning the  application of state and local taxes to investments in
the Fund which may differ from the  Federal  income tax  consequences  described
above.

         If Fund  shares are sold at a loss  after  being held for six months or
less, the loss will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends
received on those shares.

         Shortly  after  the close of each  year,  a  statement  is sent to each
shareholder  of the  Fund  advising  the  shareholder  of the  portion  of total
dividends paid into the shareholder's account that is exempt from Federal income
tax and that is derived  from the  municipal  securities  of each state and from
other  sources.  These  portions  are  determined  for the entire  year and on a
monthly  basis  and,  thus,  are an annual or  monthly  average,  rather  than a
day-by-day determination for each shareholder.

         GENERAL.  Distributions by the Funds of realized net long-term  capital
gain, if any, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain,  regardless
of the length of time the  shareholder may have held shares in the Fund. If Fund
shares are sold at a loss after being held for six months or less, the loss will
be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain
distribution received on those shares.

         Any capital gain distribution received by a shareholder reduces the net
asset value of the shareholder's  shares by the amount of the  distribution.  To
the  extent  that  capital  gain was  accrued by a Fund  before the  shareholder
purchased the shares, the distribution would be in effect a return of capital to
the shareholder.  Capital gain distributions,  including those that operate as a
return of capital, however, are taxable to the shareholder receiving them.

         The Funds may be required by Federal law to withhold 31% of  reportable
payments (which may include taxable  dividends,  capital gain  distributions and
redemption  proceeds)  paid  to  individuals  and  certain  other  non-corporate
shareholders.  Withholding  is not required if a shareholder  certifies that the
shareholder's social security or tax identification number provided to the Funds
is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding.

         Reports containing appropriate  information with respect to the Federal
income tax status of  dividends  and  distributions  paid during the year by the
Funds will be mailed to shareholders shortly after the close of each year.
<PAGE>

TAX-EXEMPT INCOME VS. TAXABLE INCOME

         The table  below shows  approximate  equivalent  taxable  and  tax-free
yields at various  approximate  marginal Federal tax bracket rates. For example,
an investor in the 31% tax bracket for 1997 whose investments earn a 5% tax-free
yield would have to earn a 7.3% taxable yield to receive the same benefit.

                    1997 FEDERAL TAXABLE VS. TAX-FREE YIELDS

                               A Tax Free Yield of
       ------------------------------------------------------------------
                       4.0%              4.5%            5.0%           5.5%

    Federal
  Tax Bracket                Equals A Taxable Yield Of Approximately
  -----------                ---------------------------------------
     39.6%            6.6%             7.5%             8.3%            9.1%
     36.0%            6.3%             7.0%             7.8%            8.6%
     31.0%            5.8%             6.5%             7.3%            8.0%
     28.0%            5.6%             6.3%             6.9%            7.6%

         The yields  listed are for  illustration  only and are not  necessarily
representative  of  TaxSaver  Bond Fund's  yield.  Although  the Fund  primarily
invests in  securities  the interest  from which is exempt from  Federal  income
taxes, some of the Fund's investments may generate taxable income. An investor's
tax bracket  will depend upon the  investor's  taxable  income.  The figures set
forth above do not reflect the Federal alternative minimum taxes or any state or
local income taxes.

         The  foregoing is only a summary of some of the  important  Federal and
state tax considerations  generally  affecting the Funds and their shareholders.
There may be other Federal,  state or local tax  considerations  applicable to a
particular  investor.  Prospective  investors  are  urged to  consult  their tax
advisors.

9.       OTHER INFORMATION

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         Each Funds'  performance may be quoted in advertising in terms of yield
or total return. Both types are based on historical results and are not intended
to indicate future  performance.  A Fund's yield is a way of showing the rate of
income  earned by the Fund as a percentage  of the Fund's share price.  Yield is
calculated  by  dividing  the net  investment  income of the Fund for the stated
period by the  average  number of  shares  entitled  to  receive  dividends  and
expressing the result as an annualized percentage rate based on the Fund's share
price at the end of the period. TaxSaver Bond Fund may also quote tax equivalent
yields,  which show the taxable yields a shareholder would have to earn to equal
the Fund's tax-free yields after taxes. A tax equivalent  yield is calculated by
dividing  the  Fund's  tax-free  yield by one minus a stated  Federal,  state or
combined  Federal and state tax rate.  Total return refers to the average annual
compounded rates of return over


<PAGE>

some  representative  period that would equate an initial amount invested at the
beginning of a stated period to the ending  redeemable  value of the investment,
after giving effect to the reinvestment of all dividends and  distributions  and
deductions of expenses  during the period.  Each of the Funds also may advertise
its total return over  different  periods of time on a before-tax,  after-tax or
taxable-equivalent  basis or by means of  aggregate,  average,  year by year, or
other types of total return  figures.  Because  average  annual  returns tend to
smooth out variations in the Funds' returns,  shareholders should recognize that
they are not the same as actual year-by-year  results. A Fund's advertised yield
and total return may or may not reflect the maximum sales load applicable to the
Fund. A computation of yield or total return that does not take into account the
sales load paid by an investor  will be higher than a  computation  based on the
public  offering  price of the  shares  purchased  that does  take into  account
payment of a sales load.

         The Funds'  advertisements  may  reference  ratings and rankings  among
similar funds by independent  evaluators such as Morningstar,  Lipper Analytical
Services,  Inc. or IBC/Donoghue,  Inc. In addition, the performance of the Funds
may be compared to recognized  indices of market  performance.  The  comparative
material  found in a Fund's  advertisements,  sales  literature  or  reports  to
shareholders  may contain  performance  ratings.  These are not to be considered
representative or indicative of future performance.

BANKING LAW MATTERS

         Banking laws and regulations  generally permit a bank or bank affiliate
to purchase shares of an investment company as agent for and upon the order of a
customer and in the view of FAS would  permit a bank or bank  affiliate to serve
as a Processing  Organization or perform  sub-transfer agent or similar services
for the Trust and its shareholders.  If a bank or bank affiliate were prohibited
from  performing  all  or a part  of the  foregoing  services,  its  shareholder
customers would be permitted to remain shareholders of the Trust and alternative
means for  continuing  to service them would be sought.  It is not expected that
shareholders  would suffer  adverse  financial  consequences  as a result of any
changes in bank or bank affiliate service arrangements.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

         The Trust  determines the net asset value per share of the each Fund as
of 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time, on each Fund Business Day by dividing the value of
the Fund's net assets  (I.E.,  the value of its portfolio  securities  and other
assets less its liabilities) by the number of that Fund's shares  outstanding at
the time the determination is made.  Securities owned by a Fund for which market
quotations  are readily  available are valued at current  market  value,  or, in
their absence, at fair value as determined by the Board.

THE TRUST AND ITS SHARES

         The Trust was originally incorporated in Maryland on March 24, 1980 and
assumed the name of Forum  Funds,  Inc. on March 16,  1987.  On January 5, 1996,
Forum Funds, Inc. was reorganized as a Delaware business trust. The Trust has an
unlimited  number of authorized  shares of beneficial  interest.  The Board may,
without  shareholder  approval,  divide the authorized  shares into an unlimited
number of separate portfolios or series (such as the Fund) and may in the future
divide portfolios or series into two or more classes of shares (such as Investor
and  Institutional  Shares).  Currently the  authorized  shares of the Trust are
divided into 15 separate series.
<PAGE>

         Each share of each fund of the Trust and each class of shares has equal
dividend,  distribution,  liquidation and voting rights,  and fractional  shares
have  those  rights  proportionately,   except  that  expenses  related  to  the
distribution  of the shares of each class (and certain  other  expenses  such as
transfer  agency and  administration  expenses) are borne solely by those shares
and each class votes separately with respect to the provisions of any Rule 12b-1
plan  which  pertain to the class and other  matters  for which  separate  class
voting is appropriate under applicable law.  Generally,  shares will be voted in
the aggregate  without reference to a particular  portfolio or class,  except if
the matter  affects only one  portfolio or class or voting by portfolio or class
is required by law, in which case shares will be voted  separately  by portfolio
or class, as appropriate. Delaware law does not require the Trust to hold annual
meetings of shareholders,  and it is anticipated that shareholder  meetings will
be held only when  specifically  required by Federal or state law.  Shareholders
have  available  certain  procedures  for the removal of Trustees.  There are no
conversion or  preemptive  rights in  connection  with shares of the Trust.  All
shares when issued in  accordance  with the terms of the offering  will be fully
paid and nonassessable.  Shares are redeemable at net asset value, at the option
of the  shareholders,  subject to any contingent  deferred sales charge that may
apply.  A shareholder in a portfolio is entitled to the  shareholder's  pro rata
share of all dividends and  distributions  arising from that portfolio's  assets
and, upon  redeeming  shares,  will receive the portion of the  portfolio's  net
assets represented by the redeemed shares.

         From time to time,  certain  shareholders may own a large percentage of
the shares of the Fund.  Accordingly,  those shareholders may be able to greatly
affect (if not determine) the outcome of a shareholder vote.

         NO PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION AND THE FUND'S  OFFICIAL SALES  LITERATURE IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFERING OF THE FUND'S SHARES,  AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
TRUST. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER IN ANY STATE IN WHICH, OR TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM, SUCH OFFER MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.



<PAGE>



FORUM FUNDS ACCOUNT APPLICATION



<PAGE>


BACK COVER




<PAGE>

   
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY ANY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  STATEMENT  OF  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE A
PROSPECTUS.
    
                               INVESTORS BOND FUND
                         INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND
                               TAXSAVER BOND FUND
                            MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
                             NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Account Information and
Shareholder Servicing:                   Distributor:
         Forum Financial Corp.                    Forum Financial Services, Inc.
         P.O. Box 446                             Two Portland Square
         Portland, Maine 04112                    Portland, Maine  04101
         207-879-0001                             207-879-1900

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                December __, 1997

Forum Funds (the  "Trust") is a registered  open-end  investment  company.  This
Statement of Additional  Information  supplements  the  Preliminary  Prospectus,
subject to  completion,  dated August 1, 1997  offering  shares of the Investors
Bond Fund,  Investors High Grade Bond Fund,  TaxSaver Bond Fund, Maine Municipal
Bond Fund and New Hampshire Bond Fund (collectively the "Funds" and individually
a "Fund") and should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectus,  a copy of
which may be obtained  without  charge by  contacting  the  Trust's  Shareholder
Servicing agent at the address listed above.
    
<TABLE>
<S>               <C>                                                                           <C>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                               PAGE

                  1.       Investment Policies..........................................        2
                  2.       Investment Limitations.......................................       19
                  3.       Performance Data.............................................       24
                  4.       Management...................................................       27
                  5.       Determination of Net Asset Value.............................       37
                  6.       Portfolio Transactions.......................................       38
                  7.       Additional Purchase and
                           Redemption Information.......................................       39
                  8.       Taxation.....................................................       41
                  9.       Other Information............................................       41

                           Appendix A - Description of Securities Ratings
                           Appendix B - Description of Municipal Securities
                           Appendix C - Hedging Strategies - Investors Bond Fund and TaxSaver
                               Bond Fund
                           Appendix D - Hedging Strategies - Maine Municipal Bond Fund
</TABLE>

THIS  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED
FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN
EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.


<PAGE>



1. INVESTMENT POLICIES

RATINGS AS INVESTMENT CRITERIA

   
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's"),  Standard & Poor's  Corporation
("S&P")  and  other  nationally  recognized   statistical  rating  organizations
("NRSROs")  are private  services that provide  ratings of the credit quality of
debt obligations,  including convertible securities.  A description of the range
of ratings  assigned to various  types of bonds and other  securities by several
NRSROs is included in Appendix A to this  Statement of  Additional  Information.
The Funds may use these ratings to determine whether to purchase, sell or hold a
security.  However,  ratings  are  general  and are not  absolute  standards  of
quality.  Consequently,  securities  with the same  maturity,  interest rate and
rating may have different market prices.  If an issue of securities ceases to be
rated  or if its  rating  is  reduced  after  it is  purchased  by a  Fund,  the
investment  adviser of the Fund will determine  whether the Fund should continue
to hold the  obligation.  Credit  ratings  attempt  to  evaluate  the  safety of
principal and interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in
market value.  Also,  rating  agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit
ratings.  An issuer's current financial  condition may be better or worse than a
rating indicates.
    

Each Fund may retain  securities  whose rating has been lowered below the lowest
permissible  rating  category  (or  that  are  unrated  and  determined  by  the
investment  adviser  to be of  comparable  quality)  if the  investment  adviser
determines that retaining such security is in the best interests of the Fund.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS

Each Fund may  purchase  securities  offered  on a  "when-issued"  basis and may
purchase  or  sell  securities  on  a  "forward  commitment"  basis.  When  such
transactions are negotiated,  the price,  which is generally  expressed in yield
terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for
the securities take place at a later date. Normally,  the settlement date occurs
within two months after the  transaction,  but  settlements  delayed  beyond two
months may be negotiated. During the period between a commitment and settlement,
no payment is made for the  securities  purchased by the purchaser and, thus, no
interest accrues to the purchaser from the transaction. At the time a Fund makes
the  commitment  to purchase  securities on a  when-issued  or delayed  delivery
basis, the Fund will record the transaction as a purchase and thereafter reflect
the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value.

The use of when-issued transactions and forward commitments enables the Funds to
hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. For instance, in
periods of rising  interest  rates and falling  bond  prices,  a Fund might sell
securities which it owned on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to
falling prices.  In periods of falling  interest rates and rising bond prices, a
Fund might sell a security  and  purchase  the same or a similar  security  on a
when-issued  or forward  commitment  basis,  thereby  obtaining  the  benefit of
currently higher cash yields.  However, if the investment adviser to a Fund were
to forecast incorrectly the direction of interest rate movements, the Fund might
be required to complete such when-issued or forward  commitment  transactions at
prices inferior to the current market values.

When-issued  securities  and  forward  commitments  may  be  sold  prior  to the
settlement  date, but the Funds enter into  when-issued  and forward  commitment
transactions  only with the intention of actually  receiving or  delivering  the
securities,  as the case may be. If a Fund,  however,  chooses to dispose of the
right to acquire a when-issued  security prior to its  acquisition or to dispose
of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment,  it can incur a
gain or loss.  When-issued securities may include bonds purchased on a "when, as
and if issued" basis under which the issuance of the securities depends upon the
occurrence of a subsequent event. Any significant  commitment of a Fund's assets
to the purchase of securities  on a "when,  as and if issued" basis may increase
the volatility of its net asset value.

Each Fund will establish and maintain with its custodian a separate account with
cash, U.S. Government Securities (as defined in the Prospectus) and other liquid
high-grade  debt  securities in an amount at least equal to its  commitments  to
purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis.
<PAGE>

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net  assets in  illiquid  securities.  The
term  "illiquid  securities"  for this purpose means  securities  that cannot be
disposed  of  within  seven  days  in  the   ordinary   course  of  business  at
approximately  the  amount  at which  the Fund has  valued  the  securities  and
includes,  among other  things,  purchased  over-the-counter  (OTC)  options and
repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.

The Trust's  Board of Directors  ("Board") has the ultimate  responsibility  for
determining  whether specific  securities are liquid or illiquid.  The Board has
delegated the function of making  day-to-day  determinations of liquidity to the
investment adviser of each Fund,  pursuant to guidelines  approved by the Board.
The  investment  adviser  takes into  account a number of  factors  in  reaching
liquidity  decisions,  including but not limited to: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotations for the security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase
or  sell  the  security  and the  number  of  other  potential  buyers;  (3) the
willingness  of dealers to undertake to make a market in the  security;  and (4)
the nature of the  marketplace  trades,  including the time needed to dispose of
the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer.
The investment  adviser  monitors the liquidity of the securities in each Fund's
portfolio and reports periodically on such decisions to the Board.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

The Funds may seek  additional  income by entering into  repurchase  agreements.
Repurchase  agreements are transactions in which a Fund purchases a security and
simultaneously  commits to resell that security to the seller at an  agreed-upon
price on an  agreed-upon  future  date,  normally  one to seven days later.  The
resale  price  reflects a market  rate of  interest  that is not  related to the
coupon  rate or  maturity  of the  purchased  security.  The  Trust's  custodian
maintains  possession of the underlying  collateral,  which is maintained at not
less than 100% of the  repurchase  price,  and  which  consists  of the types of
securities in which the Fund may invest directly.

LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

Each Fund may from time to time lend  securities  from its portfolio to brokers,
dealers and other financial institutions.  Securities loans must be continuously
secured by cash or U.S.  Government  Securities with a market value,  determined
daily, at least equal to the value of the Fund's  securities  loaned,  including
accrued interest. The Fund receives interest in respect of securities loans from
the  borrower  or from  investing  cash  collateral.  The  Funds may pay fees to
arrange the loans.  Each Fund will, as a fundamental  policy,  limit  securities
lending to not more than 10% of the value of its total assets.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION

When a Fund assumes a temporary  defensive  position it may invest without limit
in (i) short-term  U.S.  Government  Securities,  (ii)  certificates of deposit,
bankers' acceptances and  interest-bearing  savings deposits of commercial banks
doing business in the United States that have, at the time of investment,  total
assets in excess of one  billion  dollars  and that are  insured by the  Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  (iii)  commercial paper of prime quality rated
Prime-2  or  higher  by  Moody's  or A-2 or  higher  by S&P  or,  if not  rated,
determined  by  the  adviser  to  be  of  comparable  quality,  (iv)  repurchase
agreements  covering any of the securities in which the Fund may invest directly
and (v) money market mutual funds.

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

The Funds may invest in the securities of other investment  companies within the
limits proscribed by the 1940 Act. Under normal circumstances, each Fund intends
to invest less than 5% of the value of its net assets in the securities of other
investment companies.  In addition to the Fund's expenses (including the various
fees), as a shareholder in another investment company, a Fund would bear its pro
rata portion of the other investment company's expenses (including fees).
<PAGE>

   
INVESTORS BOND FUND, INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND  AND TAXSAVER BOND FUND
    

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS

Currently  the Funds are  prohibited  from  investing in futures  contracts  and
options.  Each Fund may in the  future  seek to hedge  against a decline  in the
value of securities  it owns or an increase in the price of securities  which it
plans to  purchase  through the writing  and  purchase  of  exchange-traded  and
over-the-counter  options and the  purchase  and sale of futures  contracts  and
options on those futures contracts. TaxSaver Bond Fund may buy or sell municipal
bond index futures contracts and both Funds may buy or sell futures contracts on
Treasury bills,  Treasury bonds and other financial  instruments.  The Funds may
write covered options and buy options on the futures contracts in which they may
invest.

If the  Adviser  anticipates  that  interest  rates will  rise,  a Fund may sell
futures  contracts  as a hedge  against a  decrease  in the value of the  Fund's
portfolio  securities.  Conversely,  if the  Adviser  anticipates  a decline  in
interest rates, a Fund may purchase futures  contracts to protect itself against
an  increase  in the price of the debt  securities  that the Fund  might wish to
purchase.

In addition, each Fund may write (sell) covered put and call options and may buy
put and call options on debt  securities and bond indices.  An option is covered
if, so long as the Fund is  obligated  under the option,  it owns an  offsetting
position in the underlying  security,  currency or futures contract or maintains
cash, U.S. Government  Securities or other liquid assets in a segregated account
with a value at all times  sufficient to cover the Fund's  obligation  under the
option.

The Funds' use of options  and  futures  contracts  would  subject  the Funds to
certain investment risks and transaction costs to which they might not otherwise
be subject.  These risks  include:  (1)  dependence on the Adviser's  ability to
predict movements in the prices of individual securities and fluctuations in the
general securities markets;  (2) imperfect  correlation between movements in the
prices of options,  futures  contracts or related  options and  movements in the
price of the securities  hedged or used for cover;  (3) the fact that skills and
techniques  needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed to
select the other  securities  in which the Funds  invest;  (4) lack of assurance
that a liquid secondary  market will exist for any particular  instrument at any
particular  time;  and (5) the  possible  need to defer  closing  out of certain
options,   futures   contracts   and  related   options  to  avoid  adverse  tax
consequences.  Other risks  include the  inability of the Fund, as the writer of
covered  call  options,  to  benefit  from the  appreciation  of the  underlying
securities  above the exercise price and the possible loss of the entire premium
paid for  options  purchased  by the Fund.  In  addition,  options  and  futures
contracts do not pay interest, but may produce taxable capital gains.

Each Fund will not hedge more than 30% of its total  assets by  selling  futures
contracts,  buying put options and writing call options. In addition,  each Fund
will not buy futures  contracts  or write put  options  whose  underlying  value
exceeds 5% of the Fund's total assets and will not purchase  call options if the
value of purchased  call options would exceed 5% of the Fund's total  assets.  A
Fund will not enter into futures  contracts and options  thereon if  immediately
thereafter  more  than 5% of the  value  of the  Fund's  total  assets  would be
invested in these options or committed to margin on futures contracts.

A Fund will only invest in futures and options  contracts after providing notice
to its shareholders,  filing a notice of eligibility (if required) and otherwise
complying with the  requirements  of the Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission
("CFTC").  The CFTC's  rules  provide  that the Funds are  permitted to purchase
futures or options contracts subject to CFTC jurisdiction only (1) for bona fide
hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC; provided, however,
that in the  alternative  with  respect  to each long  position  in a futures or
options contract entered into by a Fund, the underlying  commodity value of such
contract at all times does not exceed the sum of cash,  short-term United States
debt  obligations  or other United States dollar  denominated  short-term  money
market  instruments  set aside for this purpose by the Fund,  cash proceeds from
existing Fund investments due in 30 days and accrued profit on the contract held
with a futures commissions merchant; and (2) subject to certain limitations.
<PAGE>

   
INVESTORS BOND FUND AND INVESTORS HIGH GRADE BOND FUND

MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES. As described in the Prospectus, Investors Bond Fund
and Investors  High Grade Bond Fund may invest in  mortgage-related  securities,
including  Collateralized  Mortgage  Obligations  ("CMOs").  CMOs are  typically
structured with a number of classes or series that have different maturities and
are  generally  retired  in  sequence.  Each  class of bonds  receives  periodic
interest  payments  according  to the  coupon  rate on the bonds.  However,  all
monthly principal payments and any prepayments from the collateral pool are paid
first to the "Class 1"  bondholders.  The  principal  payments are such that the
Class 1 bonds will be completely  repaid no later than, for example,  five years
after the offering date. Thereafter,  all payments of principal are allocated to
the next most  senior  class of bonds  until  that class of bonds has been fully
repaid. Although full payoff of each class of bonds is contractually required by
a certain date, any or all classes of bonds may be paid off sooner than expected
because of an  acceleration  in  prepayments of the  obligations  comprising the
collateral pool.

ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.   Investors  Bond  Fund  may  invest  in  asset-backed
securities,  which have structural  characteristics  similar to  mortgage-backed
securities but have  underlying  assets that are not mortgage loans or interests
in mortgage loans.  Asset-backed securities are securities that represent direct
or indirect  participations  in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such
as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases
of various types of real and personal  property and  receivables  from revolving
credit (credit card) agreements.  Such assets are securitized through the use of
trusts and special purpose corporations.
    

Asset-backed  securities are often backed by a pool of assets  representing  the
obligations of a number of different parties. Payments of principal and interest
may be  guaranteed  up to certain  amounts  and for a certain  time  period by a
letter of credit issued by a financial institution.

Asset-backed  securities  present  certain  risks  that  are  not  presented  by
mortgage-related  debt  securities or other  securities in which  Investors Bond
Fund may invest. Primarily, these securities do not always have the benefit of a
security  interest  in  comparable  collateral.   Credit  card  receivables  are
generally  unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the  protection of a number
of state and Federal  consumer  credit laws, many of which give such debtors the
right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards,  thereby reducing the
balance due. Automobile  receivables  generally are secured,  but by automobiles
rather than  residential real property.  Most issuers of automobile  receivables
permit the loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If
the servicer were to sell these  obligations to another  party,  there is a risk
that the purchaser would acquire an interest  superior to that of the holders of
the  asset-backed  securities.  In  addition,  because  of the  large  number of
vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical  requirements  under state
laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile  receivables  may not have a
proper security interest in the underlying automobiles.  Therefore, there is the
possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be
available  to  support  payments  on  these  securities.   Because  asset-backed
securities  are  relatively  new, the market  experience in these  securities is
limited and the market's ability to sustain  liquidity through all phases of the
market cycle has not been tested.

TAXSAVER BOND FUND, MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
AND NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES. The term "municipal securities," as used in the Prospectus
and this  Statement of  Additional  Information  means  obligations  of the type
described  in  Appendix  B issued by or on behalf of  states,  territories,  and
possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions,  agencies and
instrumentalities,  the interest on which is exempt from Federal income tax. The
municipal  securities in which the Funds invest are limited to those obligations
which at the time of purchase: (i) in the case of TaxSaver Bond Fund, are backed
by the full faith and  credit of the United  States;  (ii) are  municipal  notes
rated in the two highest rating categories by an NRSRO, or, if not rated, are of
comparable quality as determined by the Adviser; (iii) are municipal bonds rated
in the six  highest  rating  categories  by an NRSRO  or, if not  rated,  are of
comparable quality as determined by the Fund's investment  adviser;  or (iv) are
other types of  municipal  securities,  provided  that such  obligations  are of
comparable  quality,  as determined by the Adviser,  to instruments in which the
Fund may invest.
<PAGE>

MUNICIPAL NOTES.  Municipal notes,  which may be either "general  obligation" or
"revenue"  securities,  are  intended to fulfill  short-term  capital  needs and
generally  have  original  maturities  of 397 days or  less.  They  include  tax
anticipation  notes,   revenue  anticipation  notes,  bond  anticipation  notes,
construction loan notes and tax-exempt commercial paper.

MUNICIPAL  LEASES.  Municipal leases  frequently have special risks not normally
associated  with  general  obligation  or  revenue  bonds or  notes.  Lease  and
installment  purchase or conditional  sale contracts (which normally provide for
title to the leased  assets to pass  eventually to the  government  issuer) have
evolved as a means for  governmental  issuers to acquire  property and equipment
without meeting the constitutional  and statutory  requirements for the issuance
of debt. The debt-issuance  limitations of many state constitutions and statutes
are  deemed  to be  inapplicable  because  of the  inclusion  in many  leases or
contracts of  "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide that the  governmental
issuer has no  obligation  to make future  payments  under the lease or contract
unless money is  appropriated  for such purpose by the  appropriate  legislative
body on a yearly or other  periodic  basis.  To reduce this risk,  TaxSaver Bond
Fund will only purchase municipal leases subject to a  non-appropriation  clause
when the payment of principal and accrued interest is backed by an unconditional
irrevocable  letter of credit or  guarantee  of a bank or other  entity that has
long  term  outstanding  debt  securities  rated  in one of the top  two  rating
categories by an NRSRO.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE  OBLIGATIONS.  The interest  rates payable on certain
municipal securities, including municipal leases, in which a Fund may invest are
not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. These securities
are referred to as variable rate or floating rate obligations. Other features of
these  obligations may include the right whereby the Fund may demand  prepayment
of the principal  amount of the obligation  prior to its stated maturity and the
right of the issuer to prepay the principal  amount prior to maturity.  The main
benefit of a variable or floating rate  municipal  security is that the interest
rate adjustment  minimizes  changes in the market value of the obligation.  As a
result, the purchase of these municipal  securities enhances the ability of each
Fund to sell an obligation prior to maturity at a price  approximating  the full
principal  amount of the  obligation.  The payment of principal  and interest by
issuers of certain municipal securities purchased by a Fund may be guaranteed by
letters of credit or other credit facilities offered by banks or other financial
institutions.  Such  guarantees  will be  considered  in  determining  whether a
municipal  security  meets  the  Fund's  investment  quality  requirements.  The
investment  adviser will monitor the pricing,  quality and liquidity of variable
rate and  floating  rate  demand  obligations  held by each Fund on the basis of
published  financial  information,  rating  agency  reports  and other  research
services to which a Fund or the Adviser may subscribe.

PARTICIPATION  INTERESTS.  Each Fund may  purchase  participation  interests  in
municipal bonds, including private activity bonds and floating and variable rate
securities  that  are  owned  by  banks  or  other  financial  institutions.   A
participation  interest  gives  a Fund  an  undivided  interest  in a  municipal
security owned by a bank or other financial institution. These instruments carry
a demand feature  permitting the holder to tender them back to the bank or other
institution  and are  generally  backed  by an  irrevocable  letter of credit or
guarantee of the bank or  institution.  The Fund can exercise the right,  on not
more than thirty days' notice,  to sell such an  instrument  back to the bank or
institution  from which it purchased  the  instrument  and draw on the letter of
credit for all or any part of the principal  amount of the Fund's  participation
interest in the instrument, plus accrued interest.  Generally, a Fund will do so
only (i) as required to provide  liquidity to the Fund,  (ii) to maintain a high
quality  investment  portfolio,  or (iii) upon a default  under the terms of the
demand instrument. Banks and other financial institutions retain portions of the
interest paid on such  participation  interests as their fees for servicing such
instruments  and the  issuance  of related  letters of  credit,  guarantees  and
repurchase  commitments.  Exposure to credit  losses  arising  from the possible
financial   difficulties   of  borrowers   might  affect  the  bank's  or  other
institution's  ability  to meet its  obligations  under its  letter of credit or
other guarantee.

No Fund will purchase participation interests unless it is advised by counsel or
receives a ruling of the Internal  Revenue  Service that interest  earned by the
Fund from the  obligations in which it holds  participation  interests is exempt
from Federal  income tax. The Internal  Revenue  Service has  announced  that it
ordinarily  will not issue advance  rulings on certain of the Federal income tax
consequences  applicable to  securities,  or  participation  interests  therein,
subject to a put. The Adviser will monitor the pricing, quality and liquidity of
participation  interests  held by each Fund on the basis of published  financial
information,  rating  agency  reports and other  research  services to which the
Funds or the Adviser may subscribe.
<PAGE>

STAND-BY  COMMITMENTS.   Each  Fund  acquires  stand-by  commitments  solely  to
facilitate  portfolio  liquidity and does not exercise its rights thereunder for
trading purposes.  Since the value of a stand-by  commitment is dependent on the
ability of the stand-by  commitment writer to meet its obligation to repurchase,
each Fund's policy is to enter into stand-by  commitment  transactions only with
municipal securities dealers which in the opinion of the Adviser present minimal
credit risks.

The  acquisition  of a stand-by  commitment  does not affect  the  valuation  or
maturity of the underlying  municipal  securities which continue to be valued in
accordance with the amortized cost method.  Stand-by  commitments  acquired by a
Fund are  valued  at zero in  determining  net  asset  value.  When a Fund  pays
directly or  indirectly  for a stand-by  commitment,  its cost is  reflected  as
unrealized  depreciation  for the period  during which the  commitment  is held.
Stand-by  commitments  do not affect the average  weighted  maturity of a Fund's
portfolio of securities.

GENERAL

Yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors,  including
the  general  conditions  of the  money  market  and of the  municipal  bond and
municipal note markets, the size of a particular  offering,  the maturity of the
obligation  and the  rating  of the  issue.  Municipal  securities  with  longer
maturities  tend to produce  higher yields and are generally  subject to greater
price  movements  than  obligations  with  shorter  maturities.  An  increase in
interest rates will generally reduce the market value of portfolio  investments,
and a decline in interest rates will  generally  increase the value of portfolio
investments.

There  can be no  assurance  that a  Fund's  objective  will  be  achieved.  The
achievement  of a  Fund's  investment  objective  is  dependent  in  part on the
continuing  ability of the  issuers of  municipal  securities  in which the Fund
invests to meet their obligations for the payment of principal and interest when
due.  Municipal  securities  historically  have not been subject to registration
with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  although there have been proposals
which would require registration in the future.

The  obligations  of  municipal  securities  issuers may become  subject to laws
enacted in the future by Congress,  state  legislatures,  or referenda extending
the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints
upon  enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of  municipalities  to
levy taxes.  There is also the  possibility  that,  as a result of litigation or
other  conditions,  the ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of
and interest on its municipal securities may be materially affected.

CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE STATE OF MAINE

Material in this section has been compiled from numerous sources  including "The
Maine Economy: Year-End Review and Outlook, 1996," and "Maine Counties, Selected
Economic  Measures,  History and Forecasts - May 1997" prepared and published by
the Economics Division of the Maine State Planning Office. In addition,  certain
information  was  obtained  from the  Official  Statement  of the State of Maine
published in  connection  with the issuance of  $42,700,000  general  obligation
bonds dated May 1, 1997. Other  information  concerning Maine budgetary  matters
was obtained from official legislative documents, the Office of the Commissioner
of the Maine Department of Administrative and Financial Services,  the Office of
the  Treasurer  of the State of  Maine,  the  Bureau of the  Budget of the Maine
Department of Administrative  and Financial  Services,  the Office of Fiscal and
Program Review of the Maine Legislature, the Maine Department of Human Services,
the Maine Department of Labor, and the Maine State Retirement  System.  The most
recent  information  concerning credit ratings on debt issued by or on behalf of
the State of Maine and its subordinate agencies was obtained from credit reports
for the State of Maine  published by S&P on September 23, 1996 and May 12, 1997,
by Moody's on May 13, 1997, and by Fitch Investors Service,  Inc. ("Fitch"),  on
May 9, 1997.
<PAGE>

Although  the  information  derived  from the above  sources is  believed  to be
accurate,  none of the information obtained from these sources has been verified
independently.  While the  following  summarizes  the most  current  information
available from the above  sources,  it does not reflect  economic  conditions or
developments which may have occurred or trends which may have materialized since
the dates indicated.

The State of Maine, which includes nearly one-half of the total land area of the
six New England states,  currently has a population of approximately  1,242,000.
The  structure of the Maine economy is similar to that of the nation as a whole,
except  that  the  Maine   economy   historically   has  had  more  activity  in
manufacturing,  defense-related  activities,  and tourism,  and less activity in
finance and services.  Recently,  however, the manufacturing and defense-related
sectors  of  Maine's  economy  have  decreased  significantly,  and the  service
industry,  retail,  and  financial  services  sectors  of Maine's  economy  have
increased significantly.

During the 1980's,  Maine's economy surpassed national averages in virtually all
significant measures of economic growth. During this ten-year period, Maine real
economic  growth was 40% as measured by the Maine Economic Growth Index ("EGI"),
a broad-based measure of economic growth which is corrected for inflation.  This
economic  growth  compares to national real economic growth during the 1980's of
26% and 29%,  measured by the United States Economic Growth Index and real Gross
National Product respectively.  During this time period,  resident employment in
Maine increased by 21%, while resident employment  nationally  increased by 19%.
Inflation-adjusted retail sales in Maine during this period increased by 72%, as
opposed to a 32%  increase in such retail sales  nationally.  During the 1980's,
per capita  personal  income in Maine  rose from 44th in the nation in 1979,  to
26th in the nation in 1989,  or from 81% to 92% of the  national  average of per
capita personal income.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 1989, however,  the Maine economy experienced
a substantial  temporary decline.  For example, the Maine economy sustained only
0.8% real growth in 1989, and experienced real growth of -1.1% in 1990 and -2.6%
in 1991.  Data show that the Maine economy began a sustained  decline during the
fourth  quarter  of  1989,  and  the  second  quarter  of 1991  saw the  seventh
consecutive quarterly decline in the Maine EGI. The third and fourth quarters of
1991  showed  barely  positive  economic  growth of 0.9% and 0.2%  respectively.
Economic  recovery  in Maine also has been  hindered  by  significant  losses in
defense-related  jobs, with the State losing since 1990 approximately 20% of its
defense-dependent  employment  which  peaked at 63,000 jobs in 1989.  During the
1989-1991 period also, the State lost 6% of its entire job base.

Since 1991 the Maine economy has  experienced  a modest and sustained  recovery,
and this recovery has continued slowly through the end of calendar year 1996. In
the words of the Economics  Division of the Maine State Planning Office,  "Maine
economic  performance in 1996 was mixed, with the major indicators,  on balance,
describing continued slow growth." In addition, the growth of Maine's economy in
1996 also  continued  to lag  behind  that of the  nation as a whole,  with real
growth in the Maine  economy  during 1996 of 2.1% compared to real growth in the
national  Gross  Domestic  Product  ("GDP") during 1996 of 2.4%. Of the 17 major
Maine economic indicators tracked by the Maine State Planning Office in calendar
year 1996, eight were positive,  eight were negative, and one (building permits)
showed no significant change.

On the positive side, after five full years of slow economic recovery, the Maine
economy in 1996 finally  regained  its  pre-recession  job count of 545,000.  In
addition,  at the end of 1996,  Maine's labor  participation rate (the number of
persons  employed  as a  percentage  of the number of persons in the working age
population,  ages 16 through 64) was very close to the record high 69%  measured
in 1989, at the peak of the 1980's economic boom. Also, during 1996 unemployment
rates in Maine dropped  significantly and consistently  throughout the State. In
1996,  every county in Maine  experienced a significant drop in its unemployment
rate. In November of 1996,  seasonally  unadjusted  unemployment rates in all 16
Maine counties were  significantly  lower than in November  1995;  most counties
experienced a typical 1.2 - 1.5% drop over the previous November's  unemployment
rate; five Maine counties recorded seasonally unadjusted unemployment rates well
below  4%;  and  one  county  (Cumberland)   recorded  a  seasonally  unadjusted
unemployment rate below 3%, at 2.3%. In November 1996, the seasonally unadjusted
unemployment rate for Maine as a whole dropped to 4.4% from 5.7% during November
1995. This trend has continued through the Spring of 1997. The latest seasonally
unadjusted  unemployment  rates  available  (May 1997) show  Maine's  seasonally
unadjusted  unemployment  rate for May 1997 at 4.6% vs.  5.1% for May 1996.  The
unemployment rates in some Maine counties are approaching levels that economists
traditionally  have  viewed as  incompressible.  In the  words of the  Economics
Division of the Maine State Planning  Office,  currently in Maine "there are few
people left who want jobs and don't have them."
<PAGE>

Also, on the positive side, in contrast to calendar year 1995 and the first half
of 1996, numerous Maine employers  announced,  or are proceeding with, plans for
significant   business   expansions   in  the  State.   For  example,   National
Semiconductor  Corporation  is proceeding  with  construction  of a $830 million
wafer chip  manufacturing  facility in South Portland,  which is expected to add
800 new jobs to the greater  Portland area. MBNA America Bank,  N.A., the second
largest issuer of credit cards in the nation,  recently has invested $37 million
in new  facilities in five Maine  communities  and has created 1,700 skilled and
semi-skilled jobs in Maine. In addition, MBNA is expected to add 2,000 more jobs
to its Maine  payrolls  in the next 2 1/2 years.  Guilford  of Maine,  Inc.  has
recently completed construction of a $30 million textile factory,  reputed to be
the worlds' most modern,  in Piscataquis  County,  and is actively  training new
employees in cooperation  with local  secondary  schools.  John J. Nissen Baking
Company has announced  plans to invest $40 million to build the world's  largest
bakery in Biddeford, Maine. Finally, Tambrands, Inc. is investing $36 million to
consolidate all of its manufacturing activities in Auburn, Maine.

A  further  positive  factor in the  growth of  Maine's  economy  is that  Maine
employers   recently  have  experienced  a  substantial   decrease  in  workers'
compensation  costs.  For many  years,  Maine  possessed  the  highest  workers'
compensation  insurance rates in the country.  The issue was so devisive that it
caused a shutdown of State  government in 1992.  Since that time,  however,  the
Maine  Legislature has created the Maine Employers' Mutual Insurance Co. and has
passed  numerous  reforms in Maine's  workers'  compensation  laws. As a result,
workers'  compensation  insurance  rates in Maine have  dropped  34% since 1994.
Another positive step concerning workers' compensation  insurance rates in Maine
was taken in May of this year when the Maine Legislature,  at the request of the
Governor,  refused to accede to a effort by organized labor to roll back many of
the reforms in Maine's workers' compensation laws enacted since 1992.

An  additional  positive  indicator  for the Maine economy is that Maine taxable
consumer  retail sales were up 5.3% for the first ten months of 1996 compared to
the same period in 1995. This is a noteworthy  improvement over 1995, when sales
were only up only 1.7% over 1994.  These consumer  retail sales data  (including
among other items  taxable  retail sales  related to the tourist  industry)  are
particularly  significant  for State of Maine  credit  purposes.  Since  roughly
one-third of Maine State government  general fund revenues are derived from a 6%
retail sales tax, the  performance  of taxable retail sales in Maine is directly
related to the ability of Maine State government to fund necessary  governmental
expenditures. Additionally on the positive side during 1996, unit sales of homes
in Maine  increased  5% over 1995,  the  average  sales price of a home in Maine
increased to over $113,000, and the average time on the market prior to sale for
homes in Maine declined.

On the negative  side,  Maine's  economic  recovery as a whole  continues to lag
behind the national and New England  averages.  For example,  between the second
quarter  of 1995  and the  second  quarter  of 1996  personal  income  in  Maine
increased by only 3.5%. By  comparison,  for the same period  national  personal
income increased by 5.5% and personal income in New England as a whole increased
by 4.8%.  Similarly,  during 1996 Maine  payroll  employment  growth  (people on
payrolls,  not including the  self-employed)  was very slow.  Such Maine payroll
employment  growth grew only 0.4% during 1996  compared to 1.9% and 2.3% in 1995
and 1994 respectively. These statistics only underscore the fact that employment
growth at the  national  level  continues  to far  outpace New England and Maine
employment  growth.  Since  the  trough  of  the  recession  in  1991,  national
employment  has  increased  a  full  12%,  or  approximately  2%  annually.   By
comparison,  New England employment growth for the same period has been only 7%,
and Maine  employment  growth  for the same  period has been only 6%, or 1/2 the
national average. In addition,  despite very low unemployment rates and what the
Economics  Division of the State Planning  Office has alluded to as "tight labor
market  conditions"  in  many  of the  most  populous  counties  of  the  State,
bankruptcy   filings,   predominantly   filings  by  individual  debtors  rather
businesses, have in the words of the State Planning Office, "skyrocketed through
1996." Such bankruptcy  filings reached a level of 2,954 filings in 1996, or 30%
higher on an annual  basis  than was  experienced  in the  depths of the  recent
economic  recession.  In addition,  the number of Maine residents receiving food
stamps has remained at very high levels,  rising  nearly 80% during the economic
recession,  and dropping only 10% through the present when  virtually all of the
jobs lost in the recession  have been  recovered.  In addition,  through most of
1996, construction contract awards in Maine were down 5% from the previous year.
These  statistics  show a very mixed  picture for the  performance  of the Maine
economy during 1996, and in some instances  during the first six months of 1997,
and they pose a continuing  management challenge for those legislators and State
officials responsible for State fiscal policy.
<PAGE>

The fiscal policies of the State of Maine are very  conservative,  and the State
is  required  by its  Constitution  to operate on a balanced  budget.  The Maine
Constitution does this by prohibiting the Legislature,  by itself,  from issuing
any debt by or on  behalf of the  State  which  exceeds  $2,000,000  "except  to
suppress insurrection, to repel invasion, or for purposes of war, and except for
temporary  loans to be paid out of money  raised by  taxation  during the fiscal
year in which they are  made."  The Maine  Constitution  also  provides  for the
prohibition  of debt  issued  by or on  behalf  of the  State  to fund  "current
expenditures." The Maine Constitution allows the issuance of long-term debt when
two-thirds of both houses of the Legislature pass a law authorizing the issuance
of such debt,  and when the voters of the State ratify and enact such a law at a
general or special statewide election. Amendments to the Maine Constitution also
have been adopted to permit the  Legislature  to authorize the issuance of bonds
to insure  payment of up to: (i) $6,000,000 of revenue bonds of the Maine School
Building  Authority;  (ii)  $4,000,000  of  loans to  Maine  students  attending
institutions of higher education;  (iii) $1,000,000 of mortgage loans for Indian
housing;  (iv) $4,000,000 of mortgage loans to resident Maine veterans including
businesses  owned by resident Maine  veterans;  and (v)  $90,000,000 of mortgage
loans for industrial,  manufacturing,  fishing,  agricultural  and  recreational
enterprises.  The Maine  Constitution  provides that if the Legislature fails to
appropriate sufficient funds to pay principal and interest on general obligation
bonds of the State,  the State  Treasurer  is required  to set aside  sufficient
funds from the first General Fund revenues  received  thereafter by the State to
make such payments.

In recent years,  Maine State  government  has skirted the Maine  constitutional
balanced  budget  requirement  by annually  issuing  significant  amounts of tax
anticipation notes ("TANs") during the first few days after the July 1 beginning
of each new fiscal  year and  leaving  such TANs  outstanding  until  almost the
beginning  of the next  fiscal  year.  For  example,  on June 26, 1996 the State
issued $150,000,000 in TANs due June 27, 1997. Both the size of these issues and
fiscal  legitimacy for them,  however,  have recently been  criticized,  and the
State is becoming  more  conservative  with  regard to what  amounts to a former
practice of maintaining almost permanent TANS of significant size. This has been
made possible largely by the continued  imposition of tightly conservative State
fiscal  policies  that  allowed the State to end fiscal year 1997 solidly in the
black with an  estimated  approximate  $50  million  surplus.  No TAN was issued
immediately following the July 1 start of the 1997 fiscal year, and its issuance
was put off at least until August 1997. Recently, the State has been considering
further  putting  off the  issuance  of any TAN for State  cash  flow  purposes,
because the need for such an issuance has not yet legitimately presented itself.

As of March 31, 1997,  there were  outstanding  general  obligation bonds of the
State in the principal amount of $444,157,945. On June 5, 1997, the State issued
$42,700,000  general  obligation  bonds  dated May 1,  1997.  On June 27,  1997,
$150,000,000  outstanding tax anticipation notes of the State matured, and after
the  start of the new  fiscal  year on July 1,  1997 the State did not issue new
TANs to roll over this debt.  Various  other  Maine  governmental  agencies  and
quasi-governmental  agencies including,  but not limited to, the Maine Municipal
Bond Bank,  the Maine Court  Facilities  Authority,  the Maine Health and Higher
Educational  Facilities  Authority,  Maine Turnpike  Authority,  the Maine State
Housing  Authority,  the Maine  Public  Utility  Financing  Bank,  and the Maine
Educational Loan Authority, issue debt for Maine governmental purposes, but this
debt does not pledge the credit of the State.

The  strength  of  Maine's  economy  during  the  1980's  enabled  the  State to
accumulate  relatively large unappropriated  surpluses of general fund revenues.
During the  economic  recession  of 1989  through  1992,  however,  Maine  State
government  repeatedly  reduced  its  expenditures  in order to comply  with the
requirement  of the  Maine  Constitution  that  State  government  operate  on a
balanced budget. More recently, Maine State government has continued to downsize
and  restructure  its  operations  as part of an overall  effort to improve  the
management of numerous governmental  programs.  For example,  recently the Maine
Legislature  created a Productivity  Realization  Task Force and charged it with
identifying more than $45,000,000 of savings in State General Fund  expenditures
during the 1996-1997  fiscal  biennium.  The Task Force, in fact,  completed the
identification of $45.28 million in cuts to General Fund expenditures and passed
legislation to implement those cuts during the 1996-1997  biennium.  The work of
the Task Force also will result in  additional  ongoing cuts of $60.1 million in
General Fund  expenditures  during the  1998-1999  biennium,  and the  permanent
elimination  of  approximately  1352  State  jobs.  Such  cuts in  General  Fund
expenditures,  other  fiscal cost  reductions,  and a  continuing  policy by the
Governor  not to allow  the  creation  of  significant  new  State  governmental
programs or the taxes to fund such programs,  allowed the Governor, on March 26,
1997, to sign a balanced  budget for fiscal years 1998 and 1999 which  provides:
(i) for fiscal  year 1998,  General  Fund  expenditures  of  $1,825,047,780  and
Highway  Fund  expenditures  of  $217,416,987;  and (ii) for  fiscal  year 1999,
General Fund  Expenditures of  $1,984,859,413  and Highway Fund  Expenditures of
$218,026,687.
<PAGE>

During the First Regular Session of the 118th Maine  Legislature which adjourned
on March 27, 1997, and the First Special Session of the 118th Maine  Legislature
which  adjourned on June 1, 1997,  the Governor  and the  Legislature  also took
several steps to improve the State's fiscal  condition.  First,  the Legislature
passed and the  Governor  signed  into law a repeal of an across the board State
income tax cap that was enacted in 1995 and  scheduled to go into effect on July
1, 1997. If this State income tax cap had not been repealed, income tax revenues
expendable by the State beginning in fiscal year 1998 would have been restricted
to $676,230,000.  Second,  the Legislature and the Governor refused to eliminate
prior to its scheduled  elimination on June 30, 1998, an excise tax on the value
of gross hospital patient service  revenue,  and increased this tax for hospital
payment  years  that end in fiscal  year 1998 from  3.56% to 5.27%.  Third,  the
Legislature  and the  Governor  enacted  into law a "Tax  Relief  Fund for Maine
Residents"  which  requires,  according  to a formula,  that 75% of General Fund
Revenues  which  exceed  officially  accepted  estimates be used to increase the
personal  exemption amount of the Maine Individual Income Tax up to the personal
exemption  amount of the Federal  Individual  Income Tax. Also  according to the
formula provided by the tax-relief  statute,  25% of General Fund revenues which
exceed accepted  estimates must be used to reduce the unfunded  liability of the
Maine State  Retirement  System.  As of the close of State's fiscal year on June
30,  1997,  Maine  General  Fund  Revenues   exceeded   accepted   estimates  by
approximately  $50  million.  This means that 75% of such  excess  General  Fund
revenues,  or an estimated  $37.5  million,  will be allocated to tax relief for
Maine residents,  and 25% of such excess General Fund revenues,  or an estimated
$12.5  million will be  allocated to reduce the unfunded  liability of the Maine
State Retirement  System. The State also maintains a "Rainy Day Fund" to be used
for significant unforeseen capital and operational  expenditures.  To the extent
that General Fund revenues which exceed  accepted  estimates are diverted to the
purposes  of tax  relief  for Maine  residents  and  reduction  of the  unfunded
liability of the Maine State  Retirement  System,  lesser amounts of such excess
General Fund Revenues will be available to fund the Rainy Day Fund.
As of July 14, 1997 the balance in the State's Rainy Day Fund was $45,497,470.

There can be no  assurance  that the budget acts for fiscal years 1998 and 1999,
and the various other statutes passed by the Maine  Legislature which affect the
State's fiscal  position,  will not be amended by the  Legislature  from time to
time.

The unfunded  liability of the Maine State  Retirement  System is a  significant
problem  for Maine  State  government.  This  unfunded  liability  currently  is
certified by the State's independent actuaries to be approximately $2.9 billion.
Because of this, the State has adopted a  constitutional  amendment (Me.  Const.
art. IX, ss.18-B) that requires the Maine Legislature,  beginning in fiscal year
1997,  annually  to  appropriate  funds that will retire in 31 years or less the
System's unfunded  liability  attributable to State employees and teachers.  The
State has also adopted a separate constitutional  amendment (Me. Const. art. IX,
ss.18-A)  that  requires the Maine  Legislature,  beginning in fiscal year 1997,
annually to appropriate  monies to fund the System on an actuarily  sound basis.
Under  Article  IX,  ss.18-B  of the Maine  Constitution,  unfunded  liabilities
henceforth  may not be  created  for the  System  except  those  resulting  from
experience  losses,  and such unfunded  liabilities  resulting  from  experience
losses must be retired over a period not exceeding 10 years.

Because of Maine's conservative debt policies and its constitutional requirement
that the  State  government  operate  under a  balanced  budget,  Maine  general
obligation bonds had been rated AAA by S&P and Aa1 by Moody's for many years.

On June 6,  1991,  however,  S&P  lowered  its credit  rating for Maine  general
obligation bonds from AAA to AA+, and at the same time lowered its credit rating
on bonds issued by the Maine Municipal Bond Bank and the Maine Court  Facilities
Authority,  and on State of Maine  Certificates  of  Participation  for  highway
equipment, from AA to A+. In taking this action, S&P said, "The rating action is
a result of declines in key financial indicators,  and continued softness in the
state  economy.  The new rating  continues to reflect the low debt burden of the
state, an economic base that has gained greater income levels and diversity over
the 1980's,  and a legislative  history of dealing  effectively  with  financial
difficulties." These ratings have remained unchanged since June 6, 1991. Because
of slow but continuing improvements in the State of Maine economy, S&P currently
views the State's  financial outlook as "stable," stating in its most recent May
12, 1997 credit  report:  "The outlook  reflects the state's  manageable  budget
estimates and careful  monitoring of revenues and expenditures.  Economic growth
should continue at a slow, sustainable pace."

On August 24, 1993, citing the "effects of protracted  economic slowdown and the
expectation  that Maine's  economy will not soon return to the pattern of robust
growth evident in the  mid-1980's,"  Moody's  lowered its State of Maine general
obligation  bond rating from Aa1 to Aa. At the same time,  Moody's  lowered from
Aa1 to Aa the ratings  assigned to  state-guaranteed  bonds of the Maine  School
Building  Authority and the Finance  Authority of Maine, and confirmed at A1 the
ratings assigned to the bonds of the Maine Court Facilities  Authority and State
of Maine  Certificates of Participation.  These ratings remained unchanged until
the current year. In its most recent credit report for the State of Maine, dated
May 13, 1997, Moody's "confirmed and refined from Aa to Aa3" the State's general
obligation bond rating. Moody's refinement of


<PAGE>

the State's  bond rating on May 13, 1997 was part of a general  redefinition  by
Moody's of its bond rating symbols published on January 13, 1997. In its May 13,
1997 credit report,  Moody's said:  "Among the factors  contributing to the high
grade  rating are the  state's  sound  debt  profile,  with a moderate  level of
borrowing  scheduled for rapid  retirement,  and an improving  financial  trend,
reflecting economic gains of recent years and a fiscal policy aimed at achieving
budgetary balance through steady government cost-cutting and reduced reliance on
one-time measures." In this same credit report, however, Moody's also recognized
specific  negative factors which affected the rating,  saying:  "The rating also
recognizes  the state's  lagging  recovery from the recession of the early 1990s
and  continuing,  though  reduced,  exposure to  potential  defense  contracting
cutbacks; its narrow General Fund position, whether measured on a GAAP or a cash
basis; and its substantial  unfunded pension  obligation  which, by a variety of
measures, is several times the size of its direct debt."

For its June 5, 1997 general obligation bond issue dated May 1, 1997, Maine also
received a credit  report from Fitch.  In this credit  report  dated May 9, 1997
Fitch  assigned  a  rating  of AA to Maine  general  obligation  bonds,  saying:
"Maine's general  obligations are well secured,  with strength in the low burden
that debt places on resources and in the unusually  rapid rate of  amortization.
The  economy  continues  to  recover  from the  severity  of the  recession  and
financial operations have regained normality.  Institutionalization of financial
reforms,  including accounting,  the revenue estimation process and debt control
will be of benefit and the reserve is reasonably funded."

CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Material in this  section has been  abstracted  from the State of New  Hampshire
Official Statement dated May 28, 1997, which is compiled by the Treasurer of the
State of New Hampshire and which is provided to  prospective  purchasers of debt
securities  offered by the State. While information in the Official Statement is
believed  to be  accurate,  none  of that  information  has  been  independently
verified. Also, it does not reflect economic conditions or developments that may
have  occurred  or  trends  that may  have  materialized  since  the date of the
Official Statement.  Additionally,  economic and fiscal conditions in individual
municipalities  within  the State  may vary from  general  economic  and  fiscal
conditions.

New Hampshire is located in the New England Region and is bordered by the states
of Maine,  Massachusetts,  and Vermont and the Province of Quebec,  Canada.  New
Hampshire's  geographic  area is 9,304 square miles and its 1996  population was
1,163,000,  representing  a 1.3%  increase  from 1995  levels.  New  Hampshire's
population had increased by more than 25% in the 1980-1996 period.

New Hampshire's per capita personal income  increased by 106.4% between 1980 and
1990. In 1991 it continued to grow faster than the New England region as a whole
and in 1992 and 1993 it grew at a slightly lower rate than the region,  resuming
faster  growth  relative  to the region in 1994 and 1995.  New  Hampshire's  per
capita personal  income in 1996 was 109% of the national  level,  ranking 8th in
the United States.

In1996, New Hampshire's  largest employment sector was the service sector (28.8%
of  employment),  followed by retail and wholesale  trade (25.8% of employment).
Manufacturing   was  the   third   largest   sector   (18.9%   of   employment).
Non-agricultural employment levels have remained fairly stable. The unemployment
rate declined to 4.2% in 1996, less than the national  average,  and preliminary
data for the month of March  1997  (seasonally  adjusted)  show New  Hampshire's
unemployment rate at 2.1%, compared to a national average of 5.2%.

After a  significant  growth in  residential  building  activity  in the  period
1980-86  (data  based  on  residential   building   permits),   New  Hampshire's
residential  building  activity  declined  beginning in 1987, and declined below
1980  levels in 1990,  1991 and 1992.  In 1993,  residential  building  activity
surpassed 1980 levels and activity in 1994, 1995 and 1996 surpassed 1993.

New Hampshire  finances the operations of state government  through  specialized
taxes,  user  charges and  revenues  received  from the State  liquor  sales and
distribution  system. There is no general tax on sales or earned income. The two
highest  revenue-producing  taxes are the  Meals and Rooms Tax and the  Business
Profits  Tax. In 1992,  State and local  taxes  amounted to $98.10 per $1,000 of
personal  income,  which was the fourth  lowest in the United  States.  However,
because local property  taxes are the principal  source of funding for municipal
operations and primary and secondary education,  New Hampshire was highest among
all states in local property tax collections per $1,000 of personal income.
<PAGE>

New Hampshire  State  government's  budget is enacted to cover a biennial period
through  a  series  of  legislative  bills  that  establish  appropriations  and
estimated   revenues  for  each  sub-unit  of  State   government,   along  with
supplemental  and  special  legislation.  By  statute,  the  budget  process  is
initiated  by the  Governor,  who is  required to submit  operating  and capital
budget  proposals to the Legislature by February 15 in each  odd-numbered  year.
While the Governor is required to state the means through which all expenditures
will be financed,  there is no constitutional or statutory  requirement that the
Governor  propose  or the  Legislature  adopt  a  budget  without  resorting  to
borrowing. There is no line item veto.

State  government funds include the General Fund, four special purpose funds and
three enterprise funds, as well as certain "fiduciary" funds. All obligations of
the State are paid from the State Treasury,  and must be authorized by a warrant
signed by the  Governor  and  approved  by the  Executive  Council,  except  for
payments  of debt  obligations,  which  are paid by the  State  Treasurer  under
statutory authority.

By statute, at the close of each fiscal year, any General Fund operating surplus
up to 5% of General  Fund  unrestricted  revenue  must be deposited in a Revenue
Stabilization   Reserve  Account  ("Rainy  Day  Fund").  With  approval  of  the
Legislative Fiscal Committee,  the Governor and the Executive Council, the Rainy
Day Fund is available to defray operating  deficits in ensuing years if there is
a shortfall in forecast revenue. By statute,  the Rainy Day Fund may not be used
for any other purpose except by special appropriation  approved by two-thirds of
each  Legislative  chamber  and the  Governor.  As of June 30,  1996 there was a
designated balance of $20 million in the Rainy Day Fund.

The  Department of  Administrative  Services is responsible  for  maintenance of
State  government's   accounting  system,  annual  reports  and  general  budget
oversight.   Expenditures  are  controlled  against  appropriations  through  an
integrated  accounting  system which compares the amount of an  appropriation to
expenditures  and  encumbrances  previously  charged against that  appropriation
before creating an expenditure.  By law, with certain exceptions  unexpended and
unencumbered  balances of appropriations lapse to surplus in the applicable fund
at the end of each fiscal year, along with unappropriated  revenues in excess of
legislative  estimates.  Legislative  financial  controls  involve the Office of
Legislative  Budget  Assistant  ("LBA")  which  acts  under  supervision  of the
Legislative  Fiscal  Committee and Joint  Legislative  Capital  Budget  Overview
Committee.  LBA conducts overall post-audit and review of the budgetary process.
State government  financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and are independently audited annually.

During the 1992-1993 biennium,  State revenues began recovering from the decline
that had  characterized  the recession years of 1989, 1990 and 1991. The General
Fund  undesignated  fund  balance  at June 30,  1992  was  $43.1  Million,  with
accumulated  undesignated  fund balance of $18.6 Million;  at June 30, 1993, the
General Fund  undesignated  fund balance was $31.5 Million and at June 30, 1994,
$12.0  Million.  For the fiscal  year  ended June 30,  1995,  the  General  Fund
undesignated  fund balance was zero, after  transferring  $35.1 Million from the
Healthcare  Transition  Fund to offset a delay in receipt of federal  funds from
disproportionate  share  expenditures  under the Medicaid  program.  At June 30,
1996, the General Fund undesignated fund balance was ($44.2 Million) after a net
transfer to the Healthcare Transition Fund of $21.9 Million, and is projected at
($25.8 Million) at June 30, 1997.

There is no  constitutional  limit on the State's power to issue  obligations or
incur  indebtedness,   and  no  constitutional  requirement  for  referendum  to
authorize incurrence of indebtedness by the State. Authorization and issuance of
debt is governed  entirely by statute.  New Hampshire  pursues a debt management
program  designed to minimize use of short-term debt for operating  purposes and
to coordinate issuance of tax-exempt securities by the State and its agencies.

State-guaranteed bonded indebtedness is authorized not only for general purposes
of State government,  but also for the New Hampshire Turnpike System, University
System of New Hampshire,  water supply and pollution  control,  water  resources
acquisition and  construction,  School  Building  Authority,  Pease  Development
Authority,  Business  Finance  Authority,  Municipal  Bond Bank and  cleanup  of
municipal  Super Fund sites and  landfills.  In  addition,  the Housing  Finance
Authority and Higher Education and Health Facilities Authority are authorized to
issue bonds that do not constitute debts or obligations of the State.
<PAGE>

Procedure for incurrence of bonded indebtedness by individual  municipalities is
governed by State  statutes,  which  prescribe  actions  that must be pursued by
municipalities in incurring bonded indebtedness and limitations on the amount of
such  indebtedness.   In  general,   incurrence  of  bonded  indebtedness  by  a
municipality  must  be for a  statutorily  authorized  purpose  and  requires  a
two-thirds majority vote of the municipality's legislative body.

On December 30, 1993,  the New Hampshire  Supreme Court  reinstated and remanded
for trial a lawsuit challenging the  constitutionality  of the State's system of
financing public schools primarily through local property taxes. The Court ruled
that the New Hampshire  Constitution imposes an enforceable duty on the State to
provide  an  "adequate"  education  to every  educable  child  and to  guarantee
adequate  funding.  However,  the Court did not  determine  the  adequacy of the
State's current  education  programs or current  funding  levels,  leaving those
matters to the  Legislative  and  Executive  branches to  determine in the first
instance.  The lawsuit was tried in the Spring of 1996,  resulting in a decision
by the trial  court  denying  any  relief to the  plaintiffs.  The  decision  is
currently under appeal to the New Hampshire Supreme Court. The potential impact,
if  any,  of  this  litigation  on the  State's  finances  cannot  presently  be
determined.

2. INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   
Investors  Bond Fund,  Investors  High Grade Bond Fund,  TaxSaver  Bond Fund and
Maine  Municipal  Bond Fund have adopted the  following  fundamental  investment
limitations  which are in addition to those  contained in the Funds'  Prospectus
and which may not be changed without shareholder approval. No Fund may:
    

         (1)      Borrow  money,  except for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes
                  (including the meeting of redemption  requests) and except for
                  entering into reverse repurchase agreements, and provided that
                  borrowings  do not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund's  total  assets
                  (computed immediately after the borrowing).

   
         (2)      Act as an underwriter  of securities of other issuers,  except
                  to the extent that,  in  connection  with the  disposition  of
                  portfolio  securities,  the  Fund  may  be  deemed  to  be  an
                  underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933.

         (3)      Make  loans to other  persons  except  for loans of  portfolio
                  securities and except through the use of repurchase agreements
                  and  through  the  purchase  of   commercial   paper  or  debt
                  securities which are otherwise permissible investments.

         (4)      Purchase or sell real estate or any interest  therein,  except
                  that the Fund may invest in securities issued or guaranteed by
                  corporate or governmental  entities  secured by real estate or
                  interests   therein,   such  as  mortgage   pass-throughs  and
                  collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  or issued by companies
                  that invest in real estate or interests therein.

         (5)      Purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts relating to
                  physical    commodities,    provided   that   currencies   and
                  currency-related  contracts  will not be deemed to be physical
                  commodities.
<PAGE>

         (6)      Issue senior  securities  except pursuant to Section 18 of the
                  Investment  Company Act of 1940  ("1940  Act") and except that
                  the Fund may borrow money  subject to  investment  limitations
                  specified in the Fund's Prospectus.

         (7)      Invest  in  interests  in oil or gas  or  interests  in  other
                  mineral exploration or development programs.

In addition to the  foregoing,  Investors  Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund have
adopted   the   following   fundamental    investment   limitations   concerning
diversification and industry concentration. The Funds may not:

         (1)      Purchase securities, other than U.S. Government Securities, of
                  any one issuer, if (a) more than 5% of the Fund's total assets
                  taken  at  market  value  would  at the  time of  purchase  be
                  invested  in the  securities  of  that  issuer,  or  (b)  such
                  purchase  would at the time of purchase cause the Fund to hold
                  more than 10% of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of that
                  issuer.  Up to 50% of the Fund's  total assets may be invested
                  without regard to this limitation.

         (2)      Purchase  securities,  other than U.S. Government  Securities,
                  if,  immediately  after  each  purchase,  more than 25% of the
                  Fund's total assets taken at market value would be invested in
                  securities  of issuers  conducting  their  principal  business
                  activity in the same industry.

Investors High Grade Bond Fund has adopted the following fundamental  investment
limitations concerning diversification and industry concentration.  The Fund may
not:

         (1)      With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase securities,  other
                  than U.S.  Government  Securities,  of any one issuer,  if (a)
                  more than 5% of the Fund's  total assets taken at market value
                  would at the time of purchase be invested in the securities of
                  that  issuer,  or (b)  such  purchase  would  at the  time  of
                  purchase  cause  the  Fund  to  hold  more  than  10%  of  the
                  outstanding voting securities of that issuer.

         (2)      Purchase  securities,  other than U.S. Government  Securities,
                  if,  immediately  after  each  purchase,  more than 25% of the
                  Fund's total assets taken at market value would be invested in
                  securities  of issuers  conducting  their  principal  business
                  activity in the same industry.
    

Maine  Municipal  Bond Fund has adopted  the  following  fundamental  investment
limitations  concerning investment in securities of issuers in the same industry
and investment in securities having voting rights. The Fund may not:

         (1)      Purchase  securities,  other than U.S. Government  Securities,
                  if,  immediately  after  each  purchase,  more than 25% of the
                  Fund's total assets taken at market value would be invested in
                  securities  of issuers  conducting  their  principal  business
                  activity  in the same  industry.  For this  purpose,  consumer
                  finance  companies,  industrial  finance  companies,  and gas,
                  electric,  water  and  telephone  utility  companies  are each
                  considered to be separate industries.

         (2) Purchase securities having voting rights except securities of other
investment companies.

   
Investors  Bond Fund,  Investors  High Grade Bond Fund,  TaxSaver  Bond Fund and
Maine Municipal Bond Fund have adopted the following  nonfundamental  investment
limitations that may be changed by the Board without  shareholder  approval.  No
Fund may:
    

         (a)      Pledge,  mortgage or hypothecate its assets,  except to secure
                  permitted indebtedness. The deposit in escrow of securities in
                  connection   with  the  writing  of  put  and  call   options,
                  collateralized loans of securities and collateral arrangements
                  with respect to margin for futures contracts are not deemed to
                  be pledges or hypothecations for this purpose.
<PAGE>

         (b)      Invest in securities of another registered investment company,
                  except in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition
                  or  reorganization;  and  except  that the Fund may  invest in
                  money  market  funds  and  privately-issued  mortgage  related
                  securities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

         (c)      Purchase   securities  on  margin,  or  make  short  sales  of
                  securities,  except for the use of short-term credit necessary
                  for  the   clearance  of  purchases  and  sales  of  portfolio
                  securities,  except that the Fund may make margin  deposits in
                  connection  with permitted  transactions  in options,  futures
                  contracts and options on futures contracts.

         (d)      Invest in  securities  (other than  fully-collateralized  debt
                  obligations)   issued  by   companies   that  have   conducted
                  continuous operations for less than three years, including the
                  operations of predecessors,  unless guaranteed as to principal
                  and interest by an issuer in whose  securities  the Fund could
                  invest,  if as a  result,  more  than 5% of the  value  of the
                  Fund's total assets would be so invested.

         (e)      Invest in or hold  securities  of any issuer if  officers  and
                  directors  of the  Trust  or the  Fund's  investment  adviser,
                  individually  owning  beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the
                  securities of the issuer, in the aggregate own more than 5% of
                  the issuer's securities.

         (f)      Purchase   securities  for  investment   while  any  borrowing
                  equaling 10% or more of the Fund's total assets is outstanding
                  or borrow for purposes  other than meeting  redemptions  in an
                  amount exceeding 10% of the value of the Fund's total assets.

         (g)      Acquire  securities  or invest in repurchase  agreements  with
                  respect to any securities  if, as a result,  more than (i) 15%
                  of the  Fund's net assets  (taken at current  value)  would be
                  invested in repurchase  agreements not entitling the holder to
                  payment of principal within seven days and in securities which
                  are not  readily  marketable,  including  securities  that are
                  illiquid  by  virtue  of  restrictions  on the  sale  of  such
                  securities  to  the  public  without  registration  under  the
                  Securities Act of 1933  ("Restricted  Securities") or (ii) 10%
                  of the Fund's  total  assets  would be invested in  Restricted
                  Securities.

         (h)      Purchase  or sell  real  property  leases  (including  limited
                  partnership   interests,   but  excluding  readily  marketable
                  interests  in  real  estate   investment   trusts  or  readily
                  marketable  securities  of  companies  which  invest  in  real
                  estate.)

   
In addition to the  foregoing,  Investors  Bond Fund,  Investors High Grade Bond
Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund have adopted the following nonfundamental investment
limitation  concerning  investment in securities having voting rights. The Funds
may not:
    

         (a) Purchase securities having voting rights except securities of other
investment companies.

Maine  Municipal Bond Fund has adopted the following  nonfundamental  investment
limitation. The Fund may not:

         (a)      Invest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development
                  programs,  or  leases,  provided  that the Fund may  invest in
                  securities issued by companies engaged in such activities.

The New  Hampshire  Bond Fund has adopted the following  fundamental  investment
limitations that cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of a majority of
the Fund's outstanding voting securities. The Fund may not:

         (1)      With respect to 50% of its assets,  purchase a security  other
                  than a U.S.  Government  Security  of any one  issuer if, as a
                  result,  more  than 5% of the  Fund's  total  assets  would be
                  invested  in the  securities  of that issuer or the Fund would
                  own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that
                  issuer.
<PAGE>

         (2)      Purchase  securities if, immediately after the purchase,  more
                  than 25% of the  value of the  Fund's  total  assets  would be
                  invested in the securities of issuers  having their  principal
                  business activities in the same industry, provided there is no
                  limit on investments in U.S. Government Securities,  municipal
                  securities  or  in  the   securities  of  domestic   financial
                  institutions (not including their foreign branches).  For this
                  purpose,   consumer  finance  companies,   industrial  finance
                  companies,  and gas,  electric,  water and  telephone  utility
                  companies are each considered to be separate industries.

         (3)      Underwrite  securities of other issuers,  except to the extent
                  that the Fund may be considered to be acting as an underwriter
                  in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities.

         (4)      Purchase or sell real estate or any interest  therein,  except
                  that the Fund may invest in debt  obligations  secured by real
                  estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest
                  in real estate or interests therein.

         (5)      Invest in commodities or in commodity contracts,  except that,
                  to the extent the Fund is  otherwise  permitted,  the Fund may
                  enter into  financial  futures  contracts and options on those
                  futures   contracts   and  may   invest  in   currencies   and
                  currency-related contracts.

         (6)      Borrow  money,  except for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes
                  (including the meeting of redemption  requests) and except for
                  entering  into reverse  repurchase  agreements,  provided that
                  borrowings do not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund's net assets.

         (7)      Issue  senior  securities  except as  appropriate  to evidence
                  indebtedness that the Fund is permitted to incur, and provided
                  that the Fund may issue shares of additional series or classes
                  that the Board may establish.

         (8)      Make loans except for loans of portfolio  securities,  through
                  the use of repurchase agreements,  and through the purchase of
                  debt securities that are otherwise permitted investments.

The Fund has adopted the following  nonfundamental  investment  limitations that
may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. The Fund may not:

         (a)      Purchase   securities  for  investment   while  any  borrowing
                  equaling   10%  or  more  of  the  Fund's   total   assets  is
                  outstanding;  and if at any time the Fund's  borrowings exceed
                  the  Fund's  investment  limitations  due to a decline  in net
                  assets,  such borrowings will be promptly  (within three days)
                  reduced  to  the   extent   necessary   to  comply   with  the
                  limitations.

         (b)      Purchase  securities that have voting rights,  except the Fund
                  may invest in securities of other investment  companies to the
                  extent  permitted by the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the
                  "1940 Act").

         (c)      Purchase   securities  on  margin,  or  make  short  sales  of
                  securities,  except for the use of short-term credit necessary
                  for  the   clearance  of  purchases  and  sales  of  portfolio
                  securities.

         (d)      Invest in  securities  (other than  fully-collateralized  debt
                  obligations)   issued  by   companies   that  have   conducted
                  continuous operations for less than three years, including the
                  operations of predecessors  (unless guaranteed as to principal
                  and interest by an issuer in whose  securities  the Fund could
                  invest)  if as a  result,  more  than 5% of the  value  of the
                  Fund's total assets would be so invested.

         (e)      Invest in or hold securities of any issuer other than the Fund
                  if, to the Fund's  knowledge,  those directors and officers of
                  the  Trust  or the  Fund's  investment  adviser,  individually
                  owning  beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the securities of
                  the issuer,  in the aggregate own more than 5% of the issuer's
                  securities.
<PAGE>

         (f)      Invest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development
                  programs,  or  leases,  provided  that the Fund may  invest in
                  securities issued by companies engaged in such activities.

         (g)      Acquire  securities  or invest in repurchase  agreements  with
                  respect to any securities  if, as a result,  more than (i) 15%
                  of the  Fund's net assets  (taken at current  value)  would be
                  invested in repurchase  agreements not entitling the holder to
                  payment of principal within seven days and in securities which
                  are not  readily  marketable  or (ii) 10% of the Fund's  total
                  assets  would be invested in  securities  that are illiquid by
                  virtue of  restrictions  on the sale of such securities to the
                  public without registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

         (h)      Purchase or sell real property  (including limited partnership
                  interests,  but excluding readily marketable interests in real
                  estate investment trusts or readily  marketable  securities of
                  companies which invest in real estate.)

Except as required by the 1940 Act, if any percentage  restriction on investment
or  utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an  investment  is made,  a
later change in percentage  resulting  from a change in the market values of the
Fund's  assets or purchases and  redemptions  of shares will not be considered a
violation of the limitation.

For purposes of  limitation  number 2 listed above with respect to TaxSaver Bond
Fund, which relates to the diversification of the Fund's assets, the District of
Columbia,  each state, each political subdivision,  agency,  instrumentality and
authority  thereof,  and each multi-state agency of which a state is a member is
deemed to be a separate  "issuer."  When the assets and  revenues  of an agency,
authority,  instrumentality or other political subdivision are separate from the
government  creating  the  subdivision  and the  security  is backed only by the
assets and revenues of the subdivision,  such subdivision  would be deemed to be
the sole issuer.  Similarly,  in the case of private activity bonds, if the bond
is backed only by the assets and revenues of the nongovernmental user, then such
nongovernmental  user  would be deemed  to be the sole  issuer.  However,  if in
either case, the creating government or some other agency guarantees a security,
that guarantee  would be considered a separate  security and would be treated as
an issue of such government or other agency.

No more than 25% of a Fund's total assets may be invested in the  securities  of
one issuer.  However,  this limitation does not apply to securities of an issuer
payable solely from the proceeds of U.S. Government Securities.

3. PERFORMANCE DATA

The Funds may quote  performance  in various ways. All  performance  information
supplied  by the Funds in  advertising  is  historical  and is not  intended  to
indicate  future  returns.  The Funds' net asset  value,  yield and total return
fluctuate in response to market  conditions and other factors,  and the value of
Fund shares when redeemed may be more or less than their original cost.

Standardized SEC yield and total return  information as of March 31, 1997 is set
forthin the following tables:
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>  

                                              30 Day
                               30 Day        Annualized                                         Total Return
                              Annualized    Tax Equivalent    Total Return 1    Total Return       Since
                                Yield          Yield            Year              5 Year          Inception
                                -----          -----            ----              ------          ---------
INVESTORS BOND FUND             7.49%           N/A             7.18%              7.91%             8.92%

TAXSAVER BOND FUND              4.74%           7.85%           5.15%              7.02%             7.38%

MAINE  MUNICIPAL  BOND FUND     4.19%           7.58%           4.98%              6.73%             6.64%

NEW  HAMPSHIRE   BOND FUND      4.34%           7.57%           4.56%              N/A               5.73%
</TABLE>

Tax-equivalent  yield for Investors  Bond Fund is based on a Federal  income tax
rate of 39.6%.  The tax equivalent  yield for Maine Municipal Bond Fund is based
on a combined  Federal and Maine state income tax rate of 48.1%  (Federal  39.6%
and State of Maine 8.5%).  The tax equivalent  yield for New Hampshire Bond Fund
is based on a combined  Federal and New Hampshire state income tax rate of 44.6%
(Federal 39.6% and State of New Hampshire 5.0%).

Investors  Bond Fund and TaxSaver Bond Fund  commenced  operations on October 2,
1989. Maine Municipal Bond Fund and New Hampshire Bond Fund commenced operations
on December 5, 1991 and December 31, 1992, respectively.

In  advertising  performance  each  Fund  may  compare  any of  its  performance
information  with data published by independent  evaluators such as Morningstar,
Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., IBC/Donoghue,  Inc., CDA/Wiesenberger or other
companies which track the investment  performance of investment companies ("Fund
Tracking  Companies").  Each  Fund  may  also  compare  any of  its  performance
information  with the performance of recognized  stock,  bond and other indices,
including  but not limited to the  Municipal  Bond Buyers  Indices,  the Salomon
Brothers Bond Index,  the Shearson Lehman Bond Index,  the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index, the Dow Jones  Industrial  Average,  U.S.  Treasury
bonds,  bills or notes and changes in the  Consumer  Price Index as published by
the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce.  The  Funds  may  refer to  general  market
performances  over  past  time  periods  such as  those  published  by  Ibbotson
Associates (for instance, its "Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation Yearbook"). In
addition,  the Funds  may refer in such  materials  to mutual  fund  performance
rankings  and other  data  published  by Fund  Tracking  Companies.  Performance
advertising  may also refer to discussions of the Funds and  comparative  mutual
fund data and ratings  reported in independent  periodicals,  such as newspapers
and financial magazines.

For example, the Funds may advertise the historical advantages, based on assumed
investments made on particular dates, in long term corporate bonds or in the S&P
500  Composite  Stock Index  against U.S.  Treasury  bills,  as published by the
companies listed above.

YIELD CALCULATIONS

Yields  for a Fund used in  advertising  are  computed  by  dividing  the Fund's
interest income for a given 30 days or one-month period, net of expenses, by the
average number of shares  entitled to receive  distributions  during the period,
dividing  this  figure by the Fund's net asset value per share at the end of the
period and annualizing the result  (assuming  compounding of income) in order to
arrive at an annual percentage rate. In general, interest income is reduced with
respect to bonds  purchased at a premium over their par value by  subtracting  a
portion of the  premium  from income on a daily  basis,  and is  increased  with
respect to bonds  purchased at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to
daily  income.   Capital  gain  and  loss  generally  are  excluded  from  these
calculations.

Income  calculated for the purpose of determining  the Fund's yield differs from
income as determined  for other  accounting  purposes.  Because of the different
accounting  methods  used,  and  because  of the  compounding  assumed  in yield
calculations,  the  yield  quoted  for a  Fund  may  differ  from  the  rate  of
distribution  the Fund paid over the same period or the rate of income  reported
in the Fund's financial statements.

The tax  equivalent  yield for the  TaxSaver  Bond Fund is the rate an  investor
would have to earn from a fully taxable  investment in order to equal the Fund's
yield after taxes.  Tax equivalent  yields are calculated by dividing the Fund's
yield by one minus the stated Federal or combined Federal and state tax rate. If
only a portion of the Fund's yield is tax-exempt,  only that portion is adjusted
in the calculation.
<PAGE>


Although  published  yield  information  is useful to  investors  in reviewing a
Fund's performance,  investors should be aware that a Fund's yield for any given
period is not an  indication or  representation  by the Fund of future yields or
rates of return on the Fund's shares. Also, Processing Organizations (as defined
in the  Prospectuses)  may charge their customers direct fees in connection with
an investment  in a Fund,  which will have the effect of reducing the Fund's net
yield  to  those  shareholders.  The  yields  of  each  Fund  are not  fixed  or
guaranteed,  and  an  investment  in  a  Fund  is  not  insured  or  guaranteed.
Accordingly,  yield information may not necessarily be used to compare shares of
a Fund with investment alternatives which, like money market instruments or bank
accounts, may provide a fixed rate of interest.  Also, it may not be appropriate
to compare a Fund's yield information directly to similar information  regarding
investment alternatives which are insured or guaranteed.

TOTAL RETURN CALCULATIONS

Each  of  the  Funds  may  advertise  total  return.  Total  returns  quoted  in
advertising  reflect all  aspects of a Fund's  return,  including  the effect of
reinvesting  dividends  and  capital  gain  distributions  and any change in the
Fund's net asset value per share over the  period.  Average  annual  returns are
calculated  by  determining  the growth or  decline  in value of a  hypothetical
historical  investment in a Fund over a stated period,  and then calculating the
annually compounded  percentage rate that would have produced the same result if
the rate of growth or decline in value had been constant over the period.  While
average  annual  returns  are  a  convenient   means  of  comparing   investment
alternatives, investors should realize that the performance is not constant over
time but changes from year to year, and that average  annual  returns  represent
averaged figures as opposed to the actual year-to-year performance of the Funds.

Average  annual  total  return is  calculated  by  finding  the  average  annual
compounded  rates of return of a  hypothetical  investment  over a given  period
according to the following formula:

                  P(1+T)n = ERV

         Where:

                  P = a  hypothetical  initial  payment of  $1,000;  
                  T = average annual  total  return;  
                  n = number of years;  and 
                  ERV = ending redeemable value.

ERV is the value, at the end of the applicable period, of a hypothetical  $1,000
payment made at the beginning of the applicable period.

In  addition  to  average  annual  returns,  each Fund may quote  unaveraged  or
cumulative total returns  reflecting the simple change in value of an investment
over a stated period.  Total returns may be broken down into their components of
income and capital  (including capital gain and changes in share price) in order
to illustrate the relationship of these factors and their contributions to total
return.  Total returns,  yields and other performance  information may be quoted
numerically or in a table, graph or similar illustration.

         Period total return is calculated according to the following formula:

                  PT = (ERV/P-1)

         Where:

                  PT = period total return.
                           The other definitions are the same as in
                           average annual total return above.
<PAGE>

4. MANAGEMENT

The trustees and officers of the Trust and their  principal  occupations  during
the past five years are set forth  below.  Each  Trustee  who is an  "interested
person" (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Trust is indicated by an asterisk.

John Y. Keffer,* Chairman and President (age 54)

          President and Director,  Forum Financial Services,  Inc. (a registered
          broker-dealer),  Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC (a mutual  fund
          administrator),  Forum Financial  Corp. (a registered  transfer agent)
          and Forum Advisors, Inc. (a registered investment adviser). Mr. Keffer
          is a Trustee and/or officer of various registered investment companies
          for which  Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC  serves as manager or
          administrator and for which Forum Financial  Services,  Inc. serves as
          manager, administrator and/or distributor. His address is Two Portland
          Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

Costas Azariadis, Trustee (age 53)

          Professor of Economics,  University of California,  Los Angeles, since
          July 1992. Prior thereto,  Dr. Azariadis was Professor of Economics at
          the  University  of   Pennsylvania.   His  address  is  Department  of
          Economics,  University of California, Los Angeles, 405 Hilgard Avenue,
          Los Angeles, California 90024.

James C. Cheng, Trustee (age 54)

          President of Technology  Marketing  Associates (a marketing consulting
          company) since September 1991. Prior thereto,  Mr. Cheng was President
          and Chief  Executive  Officer of  Network  Dynamics,  Incorporated  (a
          software  development  company).  His  address  is 27  Temple  Street,
          Belmont, Massachusetts 02178.

J. Michael Parish, Trustee (age 53)

         Partner  at the law firm of  Winthrop  Stimson  Putnam & Roberts  since
         1989. Prior thereto, he was a partner at LeBoeuf, Lamb, Leiby & MacRae,
         a law firm of which he was a member  from 1974 to 1989.  His address is
         40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

Mark D. Kaplan, Vice President, Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary (age
41)

          Managing  Director at Forum Financial  Services,  Inc. since September
          1995. Prior thereto,  Mr. Kaplan was Managing Director and Director of
          Research  at H.M.  Payson & Co. His  address is Two  Portland  Square,
          Portland, Maine 04101.

Robert Campbell, Treasurer (age 36)

         Director of Fund Accounting,  Forum Financial Corp.,  with which he has
         been associated since April 1997.  Prior thereto,  Mr. Campbell was the
         Vice President of Domestic Operations for State Street Fund Services in
         Toronto,  Ontario,  and prior to that,  Mr. Cambell served as Assistant
         Vice  President/Fund  Manager of Mutual Fund, State Street Bank & Trust
         in Boston,  Massachusetts.  Mr.  Campbell is also  treasurer of various
         registered   investment   companies  for  which  Forum   Administrative
         Services,  LLC or Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves as manager,
         administrator  and/or distributor.  His address is Two Portland Square,
         Portland, Maine 04101.
<PAGE>

David I. Goldstein, Secretary (age 35)

          Counsel,  Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  with  which  he has been
          associated  since 1991.  Prior thereto,  Mr.  Goldstein was associated
          with the law firm of  Kirkpatrick  & Lockhart.  Mr.  Goldstein is also
          Secretary or  Assistant  Secretary  of various  registered  investment
          companies  for  which  Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC or  Forum
          Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves as  manager,  administrator  and/or
          distributor.  His  address is Two  Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine
          04101.

Max Berueffy, Assistant Secretary (age 44)

         Counsel,  Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  with  which  he has  been
         associated since 1994. Prior thereto,  Mr. Berueffy was on the staff of
         the U.S.  Securities and Exchange  Commission for seven years, first in
         the appellate  branch of the Office of the General  Counsel,  then as a
         counsel to  Commissioner  Grundfest  and  finally  as a senior  special
         counsel in the Division of Investment Management.  Mr. Berueffy is also
         Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of various  registered  investment
         companies  for  which  Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC  or  Forum
         Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves  as  manager,  administrator  and/or
         distributor. His address is Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

Cheryl O. Tumlin, Assistant Secretary (age 31)

         Assistant Counsel,  Forum Financial Services,  Inc., with which she has
         been associated since July 1996.  Prior thereto,  Ms. Tumlin was on the
         staff of the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission as an attorney in
         the Division of Market  Regulation  and prior thereto Ms. Tumlin was an
         associate  with the law firm of Robinson  Silverman  Pearce  Aronsohn &
         Berman in New York, New York. Ms. Tumlin is also Assistant Secretary of
         various registered  investment companies for which Forum Administrative
         Services,  LLC or Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves as manager,
         administrator  and/or distributor.  Her address is Two Portland Square,
         Portland, Maine 04101.

M. Paige Turney, Assistant Secretary (age 28).

          Fund Administrator, Forum Financial Services, Inc., with which she has
          been  associated  since 1995.  Ms.  Turney was employed from 1992 as a
          Senior  Fund  Accountant  with  First  Data   Corporation  in  Boston,
          Massachusetts.  Prior  thereto  she was a  student  at  Montana  State
          University.   Ms.  Turney  is  also  Assistant  Secretary  of  various
          registered   investment   companies  for  which  Forum  Administrative
          Services,  LLC or Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc. serves as manager,
          administrator and/or distributor.  Her address is Two Portland Square,
          Portland, Maine 04101.

TRUSTEE COMPENSATION.  Each Trustee of the Trust (other than John Y. Keffer, who
is an  interested  person of the Trust) is paid  $1,000  for each Board  meeting
attended (whether in person or by electronic  communication)  and is paid $1,000
for each committee  meeting attended on a date when a Board meeting is not held.
As of March 31,  1997,  in addition to $1,000 for each Board  meeting  attended,
each Trustee  receives $100 per active  portfolio of the Trust.  To the extent a
meeting relates to only certain  portfolios of the Trust,  Trustees are paid the
$100 fee only with respect to those portfolios. Trustees are also reimbursed for
travel and related  expenses  incurred in  attending  meetings of the Board.  No
officer of the Trust is compensated by the Trust.

The following  table provides the aggregate  compensation  paid to each Trustee.
The Trust has not  adopted  any form of  retirement  plan  covering  Trustees or
officers. Information is presented for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                            <C>                 <C>               <C>             <C>

                                                           Accrued           Annual
                                        Aggregate          Pension        Benefits Upon       Total
         Trustee                      Compensation        Benefits         Retirement      Compensation
         -------                      ------------        --------         ----------      ------------
         Mr. Keffer                       None              None              None             None
         Mr. Azariadis                   $4,000             None              None            $4,000
         Mr. Cheng                       $4,000             None              None            $4,000
         Mr. Parish                      $4,000             None              None            $4,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

ADVISER

Pursuant  to an  Advisory  Agreement  with the Trust (the  "Investment  Advisory
Agreement"), the Funds' investment adviser, Forum Advisors, Inc. (the "Adviser")
furnishes at its own expense all services, facilities and personnel necessary in
connection  with  managing  each  Fund's  investments  and  effecting  portfolio
transactions for the respective Fund. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides
for an initial term of two years from its effective  date with respect to a Fund
and  for  its  continuance  in  effect  for  successive   twelve-month   periods
thereafter, provided the agreement is specifically approved at least annually by
the Board or by vote of the  shareholders  of the Fund,  and in either case by a
majority  of the  directors  who  are not  parties  to the  Investment  Advisory
Agreement or interested persons of any such party.

The Investment  Advisory  Agreement is terminable  without  penalty by the Trust
with respect to the Fund on 60 days' written  notice when  authorized  either by
vote of its  shareholders  or by a vote of a majority  of the  Board,  or by the
Adviser  on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days'  written  notice,  and
will  automatically  terminate in the event of its  assignment.  The  Investment
Advisory Agreement also provides that, with respect to a Fund, the Adviser shall
not be liable  for any error of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any act or
omission  in the  performance  of its  duties to the Fund,  except  for  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of the Adviser's
duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of its  obligations  and duties under
the Investment  Advisory  Agreement.  The Investment Advisory Agreement provides
that the Adviser may render services to others.

For its services under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  the Advisor receives
with respect to each Fund a fee at an annual rate of 0.40% of the Fund's average
daily net assets.  Fees payable under the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with
respect to the each Fund are set forth in the following tables:
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                         <C>                         <C>     

INVESTORS BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- ---------------------------  GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $100,163                    $0                          $100,163
1996                         $107,061                    $48,250                     $58,811
1995                         $100,098                    $9,407                      $90,691

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $70,634                     $0                          $70,634
1996                         $69,544                     $0                          $69,544
1995                         $65,238                     $59,238                     $6,000

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  -------
1997                         $101,549                    $0                          $101,549
1996                         $105,104                    $0                          105,104
1995                         $105,063                    $91,930                     $13,133
<PAGE>

NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $31,774                     $0                          $31,774
1996                         $23,870                     $0                          $23,870
1995                         $17,826                     $17,826                     $0
</TABLE>

In addition to receiving  its advisory fee from the Funds,  the Adviser may also
act and be  compensated  as  investment  manager for its clients with respect to
assets which are invested in the Funds.  In some instances the Adviser may elect
to credit  against any  investment  management fee received from a client who is
also a  shareholder  in the Fund an amount equal to all or a portion of the fees
received  by the  Adviser or any  affiliate  of the  Adviser  from the Fund with
respect to the client's assets invested in the Fund.

The  Adviser  has  agreed to  reimburse  the Trust for  certain  of each  Fund's
operating  expenses  (exclusive  of  interest,   taxes,   brokerage,   fees  and
organization  expenses,  all to the extent  permitted by applicable state law or
regulation) which in any year exceed the limits prescribed by any state in which
a Fund's shares are  qualified for sale.  The Trust may elect not to qualify its
shares  for sale in every  state.  The  manager  and  distributor  believe  that
currently the most restrictive  expense ratio limitation imposed by any state is
2-1/2% of the first $30  million of each Fund's  average  net assets,  2% of the
next $70  million of its average net assets and 1-1/2% of its average net assets
in excess of $100  million.  For the  purpose of this  obligation  to  reimburse
expenses,  the Fund's annual  expenses are estimated and accrued daily,  and any
appropriate  estimated  payments  will be made by the Adviser or the manager and
distributor monthly.

Subject to the above obligations to reimburse the Trust for its excess expenses,
the Trust has confirmed its obligation to pay all its other expenses, including:
interest  charges,  taxes,  brokerage fees and  commissions;  certain  insurance
premiums;  fees, interest charges and expenses of the custodian,  transfer agent
and dividend disbursing agent;  telecommunications expenses; auditing, legal and
compliance expenses;  costs of forming the corporation and maintaining corporate
existence; costs of preparing and printing the Trust's prospectuses,  statements
of additional information, account application forms and shareholder reports and
delivering them to existing and prospective  shareholders;  costs of maintaining
books of original  entry for portfolio and fund  accounting  and other  required
books and  accounts  and of  calculating  the net  asset  value of shares of the
Trust;  costs  of  reproduction,   stationery  and  supplies;   compensation  of
directors,  officers  and  employees  of the Trust and costs of other  personnel
performing  services  for the Trust who are not  officers  of the  Adviser,  the
manager and  distributor  or their  respective  affiliates;  costs of  corporate
meetings;  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  registration  fees and related
expenses;  expenses incurred pursuant to state securities laws; and fees payable
to the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement.


ADMINISTRATION

Pursuant  to an  Administration  Agreement  approved by the Board of Trustees on
June 19,  1997 (the  "Administration  Agreement"),  FAS  supervises  the overall
management  of  the  Trust  (which  includes,   among  other   responsibilities,
negotiation  of contracts  and fees with,  and  monitoring  of  performance  and
billing of, the transfer  agent and custodian and arranging for  maintenance  of
books and  records  of the  Trust),  provides  the  Trust  with  general  office
facilities.  The  Administration  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either party
without  penalty on 60 days' written notice and may not be assigned  except upon
written consent by both parties. The Administration Agreement also provides that
FAS shall not be liable for any error of  judgment  or mistake of law or for any
act or omission in the  administration  or management  of the Trust,  except for
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of FAS's
duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of its  obligations  and duties under
the   Administration   Agreement.   Prior  to  June  19,  1997,   FFSI  provided
administration  and  distribution  services to the Trust pursuant to a Managment
Agreement (the "Management Agreement")
<PAGE>

FAS  provides  persons  satisfactory  to the Board to serve as  officers  of the
Trust.  Those  officers,  as well as certain other employees and Trustees of the
Trust,  may be  directors,  officers  or  employees  of (and  persons  providing
services to the Trust may include) FAS, its affiliates or certain  affiliates of
the Adviser.

DISTRIBUTION

FFSI was  incorporated  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  on February 7,
1986 and  serves  as  distributor  of  shares  of the  Portfolio  pursuant  to a
Distribution   Agreement   between   FFSI  and  the  Trust  (the   "Distribution
Agreement"). The Distribution Agreement provides, with respect to each Fund, for
an initial term of one year from its effective  date and for its  continuance in
effect for successive twelve-month periods thereafter, provided the agreement is
specifically  approved at least annually by the Board or by the  shareholders of
the Fund,  and in either case by a majority of the  Trustees who are not parties
to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons of any such party.

The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically if it is assigned and may be
terminated  without  penalty  with  respect  to each Fund by vote of the  Fund's
shareholders  or by either party on 60 days' written  notice.  The  Distribution
Agreement  also provides that FFSI shall not be liable for any error of judgment
or mistake of law or for any act or omission in the performances of its services
to the Trust, except for willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in
the  performance  of FFSI's  duties or by reason of  reckless  disregard  of its
obligations  and  duties  under  the  Distribution  Agreement.  Pursuant  to the
Distribution  Agreement,  FFSI  receives,  and may reallow to certain  financial
institutions, the sales charge paid by the purchasers of each Fund's shares. The
aggregate  sales charges  payable to FFSI with respect to each Fund are outlined
in the following tables:
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                         <C>                          <C>                        <C>   

INVESTORS BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31   AGGREGATE
- --------------------------  SALES CHARGE                AMOUNT RETAINED             AMOUNT REALLOWED
                             ------------                ---------------             -----------------
           1997                        $1,951                       $274                       $1,677
           1996                        $6,252                       $829                       $5,423
           1995                        $1,706                       $243                       $1,463

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31   AGGREGATE
- --------------------------  SALES CHARGE                AMOUNT RETAINED             AMOUNT REALLOWED
                             ------------                ---------------             ----------------
           1997                         $16                          $2                          $14
           1996                       $13,336                      $1,317                      $12,019
           1995                        $7,701                      $1,012                      $6,689

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31   AGGREGATE
- --------------------------  SALES CHARGE                AMOUNT RETAINED             AMOUNT REALLOWED
                             ------------                ---------------             -----------------
           1997                       $117,032                    $10,264                     $106,768
           1996                       $106,683                    $13,941                      $92,742
           1995                       $133,896                    $17,656                     $116,239
<PAGE>

NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31           AGGREGATE
- --------------------------          SALES CHARGE              AMOUNT RETAINED             AMOUNT REALLOWED
                                    ------------               -------------              -----------------
           1997                       $54,094                      $4,557                      $49,537
           1996                       $24,865                      $3,309                      $21,556
           1995                       $33,166                      $4,429                      $28,737
</TABLE>
For its services under the Management  Agreement,  FFSI received with respect to
each Fund a fee at an annual  rate of 0.30% of the  average  daily net assets of
each Fund. Fees payable under the Management Agreement with respect to each Fund
are outlined in the following tables:
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                        <C>                         <C>                            <C>

INVESTORS BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------           GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                    NET FEE
                                     ---------                   ----------                    -------
           1997                       $75,122                     $75,122                        $0
           1996                       $80,296                     $80,296                        $0
           1995                       $75,074                     $75,074                        $0

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------           GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                    NET FEE
                                     ---------                   ----------                    --------
           1997                       $52,975                     $52,975                        $0
           1996                       $52,158                     $52,158                        $0
           1995                       $48,928                     $48,928                        $0

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------           GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                    NET FEE
                                     ---------                   ----------                    -------
           1997                       $76,162                     $76,162                        $0
           1996                       $78,828                     $78,828                        $0
           1995                       $78,797                     $78,797                        $0

NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------           GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                    NET FEE
                                     ---------                   ----------                    -------
           1997                       $23,831                     $23,831                        $0
           1996                       $17,902                     $17,902                        $0
           1995                       $13,369                     $13,369                        $0
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

TRANSFER AGENT

Forum Financial Corp. (the "Transfer Agent") acts as transfer agent of the Trust
pursuant to a transfer agency agreement (the "Transfer Agency  Agreement").  The
Transfer Agency  Agreement  provides,  with respect to each Fund, for an initial
term of two years from its effective date and for its  continuance in effect for
successive  twelve-month  periods  thereafter,  provided  that the  agreement is
specifically approved at least annually by the Board or, with respect to a Fund,
by a vote of the  shareholders of that Fund, and in either case by a majority of
the directors who are not parties to the Transfer Agency Agreement or interested
persons of any such party at a meeting  called for the  purpose of voting on the
Transfer Agency Agreement.

Among the responsibilities of the Transfer Agent as agent for the Trust are: (1)
answering customer inquiries regarding account status and history, the manner in
which  purchases  and  redemptions  of shares of the Funds may be  effected  and
certain other matters  pertaining to the Funds;  (2) assisting  shareholders  in
initiating  and changing  account  designations  and  addresses;  (3)  providing
necessary  personnel  and  facilities  to  establish  and  maintain  shareholder
accounts  and  records,   assisting  in  processing   purchase  and   redemption
transactions  and receiving wired funds; (4) transmitting and receiving funds in
connection  with  customer  orders to purchase or redeem  shares;  (5) verifying
shareholder  signatures  in  connection  with  changes  in the  registration  of
shareholder  accounts;  (6) furnishing  periodic statements and confirmations of
purchases  and  redemptions;   (7)  arranging  for  the  transmission  of  proxy
statements, annual reports, prospectuses and other communications from the Trust
to its shareholders;  (8) arranging for the receipt, tabulation and transmission
to the Trust of proxies  executed by  shareholders  with  respect to meetings of
shareholders of the Trust;  and (9) providing such other related services as the
Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request.

The Transfer Agent or any  sub-transfer  agent or processing  agent may also act
and receive  compensation as custodian,  investment manager,  nominee,  agent or
fiduciary  for its customers or clients who are  shareholders  of the Funds with
respect to assets invested in the Funds.  The Transfer Agent or any sub-transfer
agent or other  processing agent may elect to credit against the fees payable to
it by its clients or  customers  all or a portion of any fee  received  from the
Trust or from the Transfer  Agent with  respect to assets of those  customers or
clients  invested in the Fund. The Transfer  Agent,  the Manager or sub-transfer
agents or  processing  agents  retained by the Transfer  Agent may be Processing
Organizations  (as defined in the  Prospectus)  and, in the case of sub-transfer
agents or  processing  agents,  may also be  affiliated  persons of the Transfer
Agent or the Manager.

For its  services  under the  Transfer  Agency  Agreement,  the  Transfer  Agent
receives, with respect to each Fund: (i) a fee at an annual rate of 0.25 percent
of the  average  daily net assets of each Fund (ii) a fee of  $12,000  per year;
such amounts to be computed  and paid monthly in arrears by the Fund;  and (iii)
Annual Shareholder Account Fees of $18.00 per shareholder account;  such fees to
be computed as of the last  business day of the prior month.  Fees payable under
the  Transfer  Agency  Agreement  with respect to each Fund are set forth in the
following tables:
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                         <C>                         <C>    

INVESTORS BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  -------
1997                         $76,562                     $58,271                     $18,291
1996                         $80,320                     $60,882                     $19,438
1995                         $62,562                     $49,813                     $12,749

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ---------                  ---------
1997                         $57,010                     $40,248                     $16,762
1996                         $56,344                     $38,888                     $17,456
1995                         $40,794                     $28,091                     $12,703
<PAGE>

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $82,456                     $39,581                     $42,875
1996                         $84,962                     $41,754                     $43,208
1995                         $65,664                     $49,488                     $16,176

NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------           GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                    NET FEE
                                     ---------                   ---------                     --------
           1997                       $33,317                      $6,539                      $26,778
           1996                       $28,488                       $645                       $27,843
           1995                       $11,141                      $8,715                      $2,426
</TABLE>

The Transfer Agent or any  sub-transfer  agent or processing  agent may also act
and receive compensation for acting as custodian,  investment manager,  nominee,
agent or fiduciary for its customers or clients who are shareholders of the Fund
with respect to assets invested in the Fund.

Pursuant to a Fund  Accounting  Agreement,  the Transfer Agent also provides the
Fund with  portfolio  accounting,  including the  calculation  of the Fund's net
asset  value.  For these  services,  the Transfer  Agent  receives an annual fee
ranging from $36,000 to $60,000 depending upon the amount and type of the Fund's
portfolio  transactions  and positions.  Fees payable under the Fund  Accounting
Agreement with respect to fund accounting services for the Fund are set forth in
the following table:
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                         <C>                         <C>    

INVESTORS BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $41,000                     $0                          $41,000
1996                         $38,000                     $0                          $38,000
1995                         $36,000                     $0                          $36,000

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $36,000                     $0                          $36,000
1996                         $39,000                     $0                          $39,000
1995                         $36,000                     $0                          $36,000

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  -------
1997                         $48,000                     $0                          $48,000
1996                         $48,000                     $0                          $48,000
1995                         $48,000                     $0                          $48,000
<PAGE>

NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31
- --------------------------   GROSS FEE                   WAIVED FEE                  NET FEE
                             ---------                   ----------                  --------
1997                         $37,000                     $0                          $37,000
1996                         $37,000                     $0                          $37,000
1995                         $36,000                     $0                          $36,000
</TABLE>


5. DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The Trust does not  determine  net asset value on the  following  holidays:  New
Year's Day, Dr.  Martin  Luther King,  Jr. Day,  Presidents'  Day,  Good Friday,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Purchases
and redemptions are effected at the time of the next  determination of net asset
value following the receipt of any purchase or redemption order.

6. PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Purchases and sales of portfolio  securities for the Funds usually are principal
transactions.  Portfolio  securities  for  these  Funds are  normally  purchased
directly  from  the  issuer  or from an  underwriter  or  market  maker  for the
securities.  There usually are no brokerage commissions paid for such purchases.
Purchases  from  underwriters  of portfolio  securities  include a commission or
concession  paid by the issuer to the  underwriter,  and purchases  from dealers
serving as market makers include the spread between the bid and asked prices.

The Funds may effect purchases and sales through brokers who charge commissions.
Allocations  of  transactions  to  brokers  and  dealers  and the  frequency  of
transactions  are determined by the Adviser in its best judgment and in a manner
deemed to be in the best  interest of  shareholders  of the Funds rather than by
any  formula.  The primary  consideration  is prompt  execution  of orders in an
effective manner and at the most favorable price available to the Funds. For the
fiscal years ended March 31,  1997,  1996,  and 1995,  the Funds did not pay any
brokerage commissions.

A Fund may not always pay the lowest commission or spread available.  Rather, in
determining the amount of commission,  including certain dealer spreads, paid in
connection with Fund transactions, the Adviser take into account such factors as
size of the order, difficulty of execution, efficiency of the executing broker's
facilities  (including the services described below) and any risk assumed by the
executing  broker.  The  Adviser  may also take into  account  payments  made by
brokers  effecting  transactions  for a Fund  (i) to the  Fund or (ii) to  other
persons on behalf of the Fund for services  provided to it for which it would be
obligated to pay.

In  addition,  the Adviser may give  consideration  to research  and  investment
analysis services furnished by brokers or dealers to the Adviser for its use and
may cause a Fund to pay these brokers a higher amount of commission  than may be
charged by other brokers.  Such research and analysis is of the types  described
in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and is
designed to augment the Adviser's own internal research and investment  strategy
capabilities.  The Adviser may use the research and analysis in connection  with
services to clients  other than a Fund,  and the Adviser's fee is not reduced by
reason of the Adviser's receipt of the research services.

Investment decisions for each Fund will be made independently from those for any
other account or investment  company that is or may in the future become managed
by the  Adviser or its  affiliates.  If,  however,  a Fund and other  investment
companies or accounts  managed by the Adviser are  contemporaneously  engaged in
the purchase or sale of the same security,  the  transactions may be averaged as
to price and  allocated  equitably to each account.  In some cases,  this policy
might  adversely  affect the price paid or received by a Fund or the size of the
position  obtainable  for the Fund. In addition,  when purchases or sales of the
same security for a Fund and for other investment companies and accounts managed
by the  Adviser  occur  contemporaneously,  the  purchase  or sale orders may be
aggregated  in  order  to  obtain  any  price  advantages   available  to  large
denomination purchases or sales.
<PAGE>

No portfolio  transactions are executed with the Adviser,  the Manager or any of
their affiliates.

7. ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

Shares of each Fund are sold on a continuous basis by the distributor.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing  the offering  price of
each  Fund's  shares.  The example  assumes a purchase  of shares of  beneficial
interest aggregating less than $100,000 subject to the schedule of sales charges
set forth in the  Prospectuses at a price based on the net asset value per share
of each Fund on March 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>              <C>                 <C>                 <C>  

                                             Investors        TaxSaver            Maine           New Hampshire
                                               Bond             Bond            Municipal             Bond
                                               Fund             Fund            Bond Fund             Fund
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Asset Value Per Share                    $ 10.19          $ 10.49             10.73               10.31

Sales Charge, 3.75% of offering
price (3.90% of net asset value
per share)                                   $  0.40          $  0.41              N/A                 N/A

Sales Charge, 2.50% of offering
price (2.56% of net asset value
per share)                                      N/A              N/A            $  0.27             $  0.26

Offering to Public                           $ 10.59          $ 10.90            $11.00              $10.57
</TABLE>

In addition to the situations  described in the Prospectus  under "Purchases and
Redemptions of Shares," the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily,  from time to
time, to reimburse a portfolio  for any loss  sustained by reason of the failure
of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or
to collect any charge  relating to  transactions  effected  for the benefit of a
shareholder  which  is  applicable  to the  Fund's  shares  as  provided  in the
Prospectus.

The Trust has filed an election  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
pursuant to which a Fund will only effect a redemption  in portfolio  securities
if a shareholder  is redeeming  more than $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's total net
assets, whichever is less, during any 90-day period.

The Funds may wire proceeds of  redemptions  to  shareholders  that have elected
wire redemption  privileges only if the wired amount is greater than $5,000.  In
addition, the Funds will only wire redemption proceeds to financial institutions
located in the United States.

By  use  of  telephone  redemption  and  exchange  privileges,  the  shareholder
authorizes  the  Transfer  Agent  to act  upon  the  instruction  of any  person
representing himself either to be, or to have the authority to act on behalf of,
the investor and  believed by the Transfer  Agent to be genuine.  The records of
the Transfer  Agent of such  instructions  are binding.  Proceeds of an exchange
transaction may be invested in another  Participating Fund (as defined below) in
the name of the shareholder.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The  exchange  privilege  permits  shareholders  of the Funds to exchange  their
shares  for  shares of any other  fund of the Trust or shares of  certain  other
portfolios  of  investment  companies  which  retain  FAS or its  affiliates  as
investment  adviser or distributor and which participate in the Trust's exchange
privilege  program  ("Participating  Fund").  For Federal  income tax  purposes,
exchange  transactions  are treated as sales on which a purchaser will realize a
capital gain or loss  depending  on whether the value of the shares  redeemed is
more or less than his basis in such shares at the time of the transaction.
<PAGE>

Exchange transactions will be made on the basis of relative net asset values per
share at the time of the exchange  transaction plus any sales charge  applicable
to the  Participating  Fund  whose  shares  are  being  acquired.  Shares of any
Participating Fund may be redeemed and the proceeds used to purchase,  without a
sales charge,  shares of any other Participating Fund that are offered without a
sales charge. Shares of any Participating Fund purchased with a sales charge may
be redeemed and the proceeds used to purchase, without a sales charge, shares of
any other  Participating  Fund  otherwise  sold with a lesser or the same  sales
charge. If the Participating Fund purchased in the exchange  transaction imposes
a higher sales charge than was paid  originally  on the  exchanged  shares,  the
shareholder  will  be  responsible  for the  difference  between  the two  sales
charges. Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions
are deemed to have been  acquired with a sales charge rate equal to that paid on
the shares on which the dividend or distribution was paid.

The terms of the exchange privilege are subject to change, and the privilege may
be  terminated  by any of the  Participating  Funds or the  Trust.  However  the
privilege  will not be  terminated,  and no material  change that  restricts the
availability  of the  privilege to  shareholders  will be  implemented,  without
reasonable advance notice to shareholders.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

The  Investors  Bond Fund offers an individual  retirement  plan (the "IRA") for
individuals  who  wish to use  shares  of the  Funds  as a  medium  for  funding
individual  retirement savings.  Under the IRA,  distributions of net investment
income and capital gain will be automatically  reinvested in the IRA established
for the investor.  The Fund's custodian furnishes custodial services to the IRAs
for a service  fee.  Shareholders  wishing to  establish an IRA to invest in the
Fund should contact the Transfer Agent for further details and information.

8. TAXATION

Qualification as a regulated  investment company under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986 does not involve  governmental  supervision  of management or investment
practices or policies. Investors should consult their own counsel for a complete
understanding  of the  requirements  the  Funds  must meet to  qualify  for such
treatment.  The  information  set  forth  in the  Prospectus  and the  following
discussion  relate solely to Federal income taxes on dividends and distributions
by a Fund and assume that each Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company.
Investors  should  consult  their own counsel  for  further  details and for the
application of state and local tax laws to the investor's particular situation.

The Funds expect to derive substantially all of their gross income (exclusive of
capital gain) from sources  other than  dividends.  Accordingly,  it is expected
that most of the Funds'  dividends  or  distributions  will not  qualify for the
dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Certain listed options and regulated futures  contracts are considered  "section
1256 contracts" for Federal income tax purposes.  Section 1256 contracts held by
a Fund at the end of each  taxable  year will be "marked to market"  and treated
for Federal income tax purposes as though sold for fair market value on the last
business day of such taxable  year.  Gain or loss  realized by a Fund on section
1256  contracts  generally  will be considered  60% long-term and 40% short-term
capital  gain or loss.  A Fund can elect to exempt its  section  1256  contracts
which are part of a "mixed straddle" from the application of section 1256.

With respect to equity or  over-the-counter  put and call options,  gain or loss
realized by a Fund upon the lapse or sale of such  options held by the Fund will
be either  long-term  or  short-term  capital  gain or loss  depending  upon the
respective Fund's holding period with respect to such option.  However,  gain or
loss  realized upon the lapse or closing out of such options that are written by
a Fund will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, if a Fund
exercises an option, or if an option that a Fund has written is exercised,  gain
or loss on the option will not be separately recognized but the premium received
or paid will be included in the calculation of gain or loss upon  disposition of
the property underlying the option.
<PAGE>

9. OTHER INFORMATION

CUSTODIAN

Pursuant  to a  Custodian  Agreement,  The First  National  Bank of Boston,  100
Federal  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02106,  acts as the  custodian of each
Fund's  assets.  The  custodian's   responsibilities  include  safeguarding  and
controlling  the Funds' cash and securities,  determining  income and collecting
interest on Fund investments.

COUNSEL

Legal matters in connection  with the issuance of shares of beneficial  interest
of the Trust are passed upon by the law firm of Seward & Kissel,  1200 G Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005

AUDITORS

               XXXXXXXXXXX, independent auditors, act as auditors for the Trust.

THE TRUST AND ITS SHARES

The Trust was originally  incorporated in Maryland on March 24, 1980 and assumed
the name of Forum  Funds,  Inc.  on March 16,  1987.  On January 5, 1996,  Forum
Funds,  Inc. was  reorganized  as a Delaware  business  trust.  The Trust has an
unlimited  number of authorized  shares of beneficial  interest.  The Board may,
without  shareholder  approval,  divide the authorized  shares into an unlimited
number of  separate  portfolios  or series  (such as the  Funds)  and may in the
future  divide  portfolios or series into two or more classes of shares (such as
Investor and Institutional Shares). Currently the authorized shares of the Trust
are divided into 15 separate series.

Each  share of each  fund of the  Trust  and  each  class of  shares  has  equal
dividend,  distribution,  liquidation and voting rights,  and fractional  shares
have  those  rights  proportionately,   except  that  expenses  related  to  the
distribution  of the shares of each class (and certain  other  expenses  such as
transfer  agency and  administration  expenses) are borne solely by those shares
and each class votes separately with respect to the provisions of any Rule 12b-1
plan  which  pertain to the class and other  matters  for which  separate  class
voting is appropriate under applicable law.  Generally,  shares will be voted in
the aggregate  without reference to a particular  portfolio or class,  except if
the matter  affects only one  portfolio or class or voting by portfolio or class
is required by law, in which case shares will be voted  separately  by portfolio
or class, as appropriate. Delaware law does not require the Trust to hold annual
meetings of shareholders,  and it is anticipated that shareholder  meetings will
be held only when required by Federal or state law.  Shareholders (and Trustees)
have  available  certain  procedures  for the removal of Trustees.  There are no
conversion or  preemptive  rights in  connection  with shares of the Trust.  All
shares when issued in  accordance  with the terms of the offering  will be fully
paid and nonassessable.  Shares are redeemable at net asset value, at the option
of the  shareholders,  subject to any contingent  deferred sales charge that may
apply.  A shareholder in a portfolio is entitled to the  shareholder's  pro rata
share of all dividends and  distributions  arising from that portfolio's  assets
and, upon  redeeming  shares,  will receive the portion of the  portfolio's  net
assets represented by the redeemed shares.

   
As of  September  30, 1997,  the officers and  Directors of the Trust as a group
owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Fund. Also as of that date,
the  shareholders  listed  below owned or owned of record more than 5% of either
Fund. From time to time, certain  shareholders may own a large percentage of the
shares of a Fund. Accordingly,  those shareholders may be able to greatly affect
(if not determine) the outcome of a shareholder vote. As noted, certain of these
shareholders are known to the Trust to hold their shares of record only and have
no beneficial interest, including the right to vote, in the shares.
    
<PAGE>
   


INVESTORS BOND FUND

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF FUND
                                                                 SHARES OWNED
SHAREHOLDER                                                      ------------
- -----------
SEI Trust Company
c/o Irwin Union Bank & Trust                                         60.69%
Attn: Mutual Fund Administrator
One Freedom Valley Drive
Oaks, Pennsylvania  19456

Firstrust Company National City Bank Trust Department
227 Main Street                                                      19.48%
Evansville, Indiana  47708

TAXSAVER BOND FUND

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF FUND
                                                                 SHARES OWNED
SHAREHOLDER                                                      ------------
- -----------
SEI Trust Company
c/o Irwin Union Bank & Trust                                         46.99%
Attn: Mutual Fund Administrator
One Freedom Valley Drive
Oaks, Pennsylvania  19456

Leonore Zusman TTEE
Leonore Zusman Living Trust                                          10.48%
6439 Woodacre Ct.
Englewood, OH 45322


Lawrence L. Zusman TTEE
Lawrence L. Zusman Living Trust                                      9.72%
6439 Woodacre Ct.
Englewood, OH 45322

Firstrust Company National City Bank Trust Department
227 Main Street                                                      8.77%
Evansville, Indiana  47708

Mitchell Singer
5045 North Main Street
Suite 250                                                            5.57%
Dayton, OH  45415-3637
<PAGE>

MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF FUND
                                                                 SHARES OWNED
SHAREHOLDER                                                      ------------
- -----------
BARHART Company Nominee
Attn: Trust Department
P.O. Box 218                                                         5.13%
Bar Harbor, ME  04609

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc., For the
Sole Benefit of its Cusotmers Trade House Account                    5.02%
4800 Deer Lake Drive East, 3rd Floor
Jacksonville, FL  32216


NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF FUND
                                                                 SHARES OWNED
SHAREHOLDER                                                      ------------
- -----------
Independence Trust
Attn: Linda Feliciano                                                43.95%
200 Bedford Street, 5th Floor
Manchester, NH  03105-0119
    

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements of each Fund for the year ended March 31, 1997 (which
include a statement  of assets and  liabilities,  a statement of  operations,  a
statement  of changes in net assets,  notes to financial  statements,  financial
highlights,  a statement of investments  and the auditors'  report  thereon) are
included in the Annual Report to  Shareholders of the Trust delivered along with
this SAI and are incorporated herein by reference.


<PAGE>



INVESTORS BOND FUND
TAXSAVER BOND FUND
MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS


1.       CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS (INCLUDING CONVERTIBLE BONDS)

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. ("MOODY'S")

Moody's rates  corporate  bond issues,  including  convertible  debt issues,  as
follows:

Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged by Moody's to be of the best quality.  They
carry the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as
"gilt edge." Interest  payments are protected by a large or by an  exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Bonds  which are rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality  by all  standards.
Together  with  the Aaa  group,  they  comprise  what  are  generally  known  as
high-grade  bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because  margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment  attributes and are to
be  considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors  giving  security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they
are neither highly protected nor poorly secured.  Interest payment and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great length of time.
Such  bonds  lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and  in  fact  have
speculative characteristics as well.

Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements;  their future
cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection  of interest and
principal  payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during
both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes
bonds in this class.

Bonds  which  are  rated  B  generally  lack  characteristics  of the  desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations  which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated class of bonds and issues so rated
can be regarded as having  extremely  poor  prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.
<PAGE>

Note:  Those  bonds in the Aa, A, Baa,  Ba or B groups  which  Moody's  believes
possess the strongest  investment  attributes are designated by the symbols Aa1,
A1, Baa1, Ba1, and B1.

STANDARD AND POOR'S CORPORATION ("S&P")

S&P rates corporate bond issues, including convertible debt issues, as follows:

Bonds  rated  AAA have the  highest  rating  assigned  by S&P.  Capacity  to pay
interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

Bonds rated AA have a very strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal
and differ from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

Bonds  rated A have a strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances   and  economic   conditions  than  debt  rated  in  higher  rated
categories.

Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate  capacity to pay interest and
repay principal.  Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection  parameters,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to
weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category
than in higher rated categories.

Bonds rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are  regarded,  on  balance,  as  predominantly
speculative  with  respect to the  issuer's  capacity to pay  interest and repay
principal in  accordance  with the terms of the  obligation.  BB  indicates  the
lowest degree of speculation and C the highest degree of speculation. While such
bonds will likely have some quality and  protective  characteristics,  these are
outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
Bonds  rated  BB  have  less  near-term  vulnerability  to  default  than  other
speculative issues.  However,  they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

Bonds rated B have a greater  vulnerability  to default but  currently  have the
capacity to meet interest  payments and principal  payments.  Adverse  business,
financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay principal.

Bonds rated CCC have currently  identifiable  vulnerability to default,  and are
dependent upon favorable  business,  financial,  and economic conditions to meet
timely  payment of interest and repayment of principal.  In the event of adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions,  they are not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Bonds rated C  typically  are  subordinated  to senior debt which as assigned an
actual or implied  CCC debt  rating.  This  rating may also be used to  indicate
imminent default.

The C rating may be used to cover a situation  where a  bankruptcy  petition has
been filed, but debt service  payments are continued.  The rating Cl is reserved
for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

Bonds are rated D when the issue is in payment default, or the obligor has filed
for  bankruptcy.  The D  rating  category  is used  when  interest  payments  or
principal  payments are not made on the date due, even if the  applicable  grace
period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such payments will made during
such grace period.

Note:  The ratings  from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+)
or minus (-) sign to show the relative standing within the rating category.
<PAGE>

FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. ("FITCH")

Fitch rates  corporate  bond  issues,  including  convertible  debt  issues,  as
follows:

AAA Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of the  highest  credit
quality.  The obligor has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay interest and
repay  principal,  which is unlikely to be  affected by  reasonably  foreseeable
events.

AA Bonds are considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.  Because bonds rated in the AAA
and AA  categories  are  not  significantly  vulnerable  to  foreseeable  future
developments, shorter-term debt of these issuers is generally rate F-1+.

A Bonds are considered to be investment  grade and of high credit  quality.  The
obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is  considered  to be
strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and
circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB Bonds are  considered  to be  investment  grade and of  satisfactory  credit
quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered
to be  adequate.  Adverse  changes in  economic  conditions  and  circumstances,
however,  are more likely to have adverse  impact on these bonds,  and therefore
impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall
below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

BB Bonds are considered  speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and
repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes.  However,
business and financial  alternatives  can be  identified  which could assist the
obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B Bonds  are  considered  highly  speculative.  While  bonds in this  class  are
currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely
payment of principal  and  interest  reflects the  obligor's  limited  margin of
safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the
life of the issue.

CCC Bonds have certain identifiable  characteristics which, if not remedied, may
lead to  default.  The  ability to meet  obligations  requires  an  advantageous
business and economic environment.

CC Bonds  are  minimally  protected.  Default  in  payment  of  interest  and/or
principal seems probable over time.

C Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD, and D Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments.  Such
bonds  are  extremely  speculative  and  should  be valued on the basis of their
ultimate  recovery value in liquidation or  reorganization  of the obligor.  DDD
represents the highest  potential for recovery on these bonds,  and D represents
the lowest potential for recovery.

Plus (+) and  minus (-) signs  are used  with a rating  symbol to  indicate  the
relative position of a credit within the rating category.  Plus and minus signs,
however, are not used in the AAA, DDD, DD, or D categories.

2.       PREFERRED STOCK

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Moody's rates preferred stock as follows:

An issue rated aaa is  considered  to be a  top-quality  preferred  stock.  This
rating indicates good asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment
among preferred stock issues.
<PAGE>

An issue  rated aa is  considered  a  high-grade  preferred  stock.  This rating
indicates  that  there  is  a  reasonable  assurance  that  earnings  and  asset
protection will remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

An issue rated a is  considered to be an  upper-medium  grade  preferred  stock.
While  risks  are  judged  to be  somewhat  greater  than  in  the  aaa  and  aa
classification,  earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be
maintained at adequate levels.

An issue rated baa is considered to be a medium-grade,  neither highly protected
nor poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but
may be questionable over any great length of time.

An issue rated ba is  considered  to have  speculative  elements  and its future
cannot be considered  well assured.  Earnings and asset  protection  may be very
moderate  and not  well  safeguarded  during  adverse  periods.  Uncertainty  of
position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

An issue which is rated b  generally  lacks the  characteristics  of a desirable
investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the
issue over any long period of time may be small.

An issue  which is rated caa is likely to be in  arrears on  dividend  payments.
This  rating  designation  does not  purport to  indicate  the future  status of
payments.

An issue which is rated ca is  speculative  in a high degree and is likely to be
in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of eventual payment.

An issue which is rated c can be regarded as having  extremely poor prospects of
ever attaining any real investment  standing.  This is the lowest rated class of
preferred or preference stock.

Note:   Moody's  applies  numerical   modifiers  1,  2  and  3  in  each  rating
classification  from aa through b in its  preferred  stock  rating  system.  The
modifier 1 indicates  that the  security  ranks in the higher end of its generic
rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier
3  indicates  that the  issuer  ranks in the  lower  end of its  generic  rating
category.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

S&P rates preferred stock as follows:

AAA is the highest rating that is assigned by S&P to a preferred stock issue and
indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

A preferred  stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality  fixed income
security.  The  capacity to pay  preferred  stock  obligations  is very  strong,
although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

An issue  rated A is  backed  by a sound  capacity  to pay the  preferred  stock
obligations,  although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

An issue  rated BBB is  regarded  as backed by an  adequate  capacity to pay the
preferred stock  obligations.  Whereas it normally exhibits adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in
this category than for issues in the A category.

Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded,  on balance, as predominantly
speculative  with  respect  to the  issuer's  capacity  to pay  preferred  stock
obligations.  BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation  and CCC the highest
degree of  speculation.  While such issues  will  likely  have some  quality and
protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
risk exposures to adverse conditions.
<PAGE>

The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or
sinking fund payments but that is currently paying.

A preferred stock rated C is a non-paying issue.

A preferred  stock rated D is a  non-paying  issue with the issuer in default on
debt instruments.

To provide more detailed  indications of preferred  stock  quality,  the ratings
from AA to CCC may be modified  by the  addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign
to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

3.       SHORT TERM MUNICIPAL LOANS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

MIG-1/VMIG-1.  This  designation  denotes best quality.  There is present strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing.

MIG-2/VMIG-2.  This designation denotes high quality.  Margins of protection are
ample although not so large as in the MIG-1/VMIG-1 group.

MIG 3/VMIG 3. This designation denotes favorable quality.  All security elements
are accounted for but there is lacking the undeniable  strength of the preceding
grades.  Liquidity and cash flow  protection may be narrow and market access for
refinancing is likely to be less well established.

MIG 4/VMIG 4. This designation  denotes adequate  quality.  Protection  commonly
regarded as required of an  investment  security is present  and,  although  not
distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.


STANDARD AND POOR'S CORPORATION

SP-1. Very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues
which are  determined to possess  overwhelming  safety  characteristics  will be
given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2. Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

SP-3. Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

4.       OTHER MUNICIPAL SECURITIES AND COMMERCIAL PAPER

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Moody's two highest ratings for short-term debt, including commercial paper, are
Prime-1 and Prime-2.  Both are judged investment grade, to indicate the relative
repayment ability of rated issuers.

Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
debt  obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of
the following characteristics:

         --       Leading market positions in well-established industries.
         --       High rates of return on funds employed.
         --       Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance 
                  on debt and ample asset protection.
         --       Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges 
                  and high internal cash generation.
         --       Well-established  access  to a range of  financial  markets  
                  and  assured  sources  of  alternate liquidity.
<PAGE>

Issuers rated  Prime-2 by Moody's have a strong  ability for repayment of senior
short-term  debt  obligations.  This will  normally be  evidenced by many of the
characteristics of issuers rated Prime-1 but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends
and  coverage   ratios,   while  sound,   may  be  more  subject  to  variation.
Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by
external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

STANDARD AND POOR'S CORPORATION

S&P's two highest  commercial  paper  ratings are A and B. Issues  assigned an A
rating are regarded as having the greatest  capacity for timely payment.  Issues
in this  category  are  delineated  with the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate  the
relative  degree of  safety.  An A-1  designation  indicates  that the degree of
safety  regarding  timely payment is either  overwhelming or very strong.  Those
issues determined to possess  overwhelming  safety  characteristics  are denoted
with a plus (+) sign designation. The capacity for timely payment on issues with
an A-2 designation is strong.  However,  the relative degree of safety is not as
high as for issues  designated A-1. A-3 issues have a satisfactory  capacity for
timely  payment.  They are,  however,  somewhat  more  vulnerable to the adverse
effects  of  changes  in  circumstances  than  obligations  carrying  the higher
designations.  Issues rated B are  regarded as having only an adequate  capacity
for timely payment. However, such capacity may be damaged by changing conditions
or short-term adversities.

FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Fitch's  short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand
or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including commercial
paper, certificates of deposit,  medium-term notes, and municipal and investment
notes.

F-1+. Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of
assurance for timely payment.

F-1.  Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

F-2.  Issues  assigned this rating have a  satisfactory  degree of assurance for
timely payment,  but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned
F-1+ or F-1 rating.

F-3. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting that the degree
of assurance for timely payment is adequate,  however, near-term adverse changes
could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

F-S.  Issues  assigned  this rating have  characteristics  suggesting  a minimal
degree of assurance for timely payment and are  vulnerable to near-term  adverse
changes in financial and economic conditions.

D.   Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent payment default.

   
5.  SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS BY THOMSON BANKWATCH

         Thomson  BankWatch  short-term  ratings  assess  the  likelihood  of an
untimely or  incomplete  payment of  principal  or  interest  of  unsubordinated
instruments  having a  maturity  of one year or less  which is  issued by United
States  commercial banks,  thrifts and non-bank banks;  non-United States banks;
and  broker-dealers.  The  following  summarizes  the  ratings  used by  Thomson
BankWatch:

         "TBW-1"  - This  designation  represents  Thomson  BankWatch's  highest
rating  category and indicates a very high degree of likelihood  that  principal
and interest will be paid on a timely basis.

         "TBW-2" - This  designation  indicates  that while the degree of safety
regarding  timely  payment of  principal  and  interest is strong,  the relative
degree of safety is not as high as for issues rated "TBW-1."
<PAGE>

         "TBW-3" - This  designation  represents  the  lowest  investment  grade
category  and  indicates  that  while the debt is more  susceptible  to  adverse
developments  (both internal and external) than obligations with higher ratings,
capacity to service  principal  and interest in a timely  fashion is  considered
adequate.

         "TBW-4"  - This  designation  indicates  that the debt is  regarded  as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.

         Thomson BankWatch  assesses the likelihood of an untimely  repayment of
principal or interest  over the term to maturity of long term debt and preferred
stock which are issued by United States commercial  banks,  thrifts and non-bank
banks; non-United States banks; and broker-dealers. The following summarizes the
rating categories used by Thomson BankWatch for long-term debt ratings:

         "AAA" - This designation  represents the highest  category  assigned by
Thomson  BankWatch to  long-term  debt and  indicates  that the ability to repay
principal and interest on a timely basis is extremely high.

         "AA" - This  designation  indicates  a very  strong  ability  to  repay
principal and interest on a timely basis with limited  incremental risk compared
to issues rated in the highest category.

         "A" - This  designation  indicates that the ability to repay  principal
and  interest is strong.  Issues rated "A" could be more  vulnerable  to adverse
developments (both internal and external) than obligations with higher ratings.

         "BBB"  -  This  designation   represents  Thomson   BankWatch's  lowest
investment-grade   category  and  indicates  an  acceptable  capacity  to  repay
principal  and interest.  Issues rated "BBB" are,  however,  more  vulnerable to
adverse  developments  (both internal and external) than obligations with higher
ratings.

         "BB,"  "B,"  "CCC,"  and "CC," - These  designations  are  assigned  by
Thomson  BankWatch  to  non-investment  grade  long-term  debt.  Such issues are
regarded as having  speculative  characteristics  regarding  the  likelihood  of
timely  payment of principal and interest.  "BB"  indicates the lowest degree of
speculation and "CC" the highest degree of speculation.

         "D" - This designation indicates that the long-term debt is in default.

         PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-) - The ratings from "AAA" through "CC" may include
a plus or minus sign  designation  which  indicates  where within the respective
category the issue is placed.
    



<PAGE>



INVESTORS BOND FUND
TAXSAVER BOND FUND
MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
NEW HAMPSHIRE BOND FUND

APPENDIX B - DESCRIPTION OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES


1.       MUNICIPAL BONDS

Municipal  Bonds  which  meet  longer  term  capital  needs and  generally  have
maturities   of  more  than  one  year  when   issued,   have  three   principal
classifications:

GENERAL  OBLIGATION  BONDS are  issued by such  entities  as  states,  counties,
cities,  towns, and regional  districts.  The proceeds of these  obligations are
used  to  fund a wide  range  of  public  projects,  including  construction  or
improvement of schools,  highways and roads,  and water and sewer  systems.  The
basic security  behind General  Obligation  Bonds is the issuer's  pledge of its
full  faith and  credit  and  taxing  power for the  payment  of  principal  and
interest.  The taxes that can be levied for the  payment of debt  service may be
limited or unlimited as to the rate or amount of special assessments.

REVENUE BONDS in recent years have come to include an increasingly  wide variety
of types of municipal obligations. As with other kinds of municipal obligations,
the issuers of revenue bonds may consist of virtually any form of state or local
governmental  entity,  including  states,  state  agencies,   cities,  counties,
authorities  of  various  kinds,   such  as  public  housing  or   redevelopment
authorities,  and special districts, such as water, sewer or sanitary districts.
Generally,  revenue  bonds are secured by the revenues or net  revenues  derived
from a particular facility, group of facilities, or, in some cases, the proceeds
of a special excise or other specific  revenue source.  Revenue bonds are issued
to finance a wide variety of capital projects including electric, gas, water and
sewer systems;  highways,  bridges,  and tunnels;  port and airport  facilities;
colleges and universities; and hospitals. Many of these bonds provide additional
security in the form of a debt service reserve fund to be used to make principal
and  interest  payments.  Various  forms of credit  enhancement,  such as a bank
letter of credit or municipal  bond  insurance,  may also be employed in revenue
bond  issues.  Housing  authorities  have a wide  range of  security,  including
partially or fully insured  mortgages,  rent  subsidized  and/or  collateralized
mortgages,  and/or the net revenues from housing or other public projects.  Some
authorities  provide further  security in the form of a state's ability (without
obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.

In recent  years,  revenue  bonds have been issued in large volumes for projects
that are privately owned and operated as described below.

PRIVATE  ACTIVITY  BONDS are  considered  municipal  bonds if the interest  paid
thereon  is exempt  from  Federal  income  tax and are issued by or on behalf of
public  authorities  to  raise  money  to  finance  various  privately  operated
facilities for business and manufacturing,  housing and health.  These bonds are
also used to finance public  facilities  such as airports,  mass transit systems
and ports.  The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is dependent
solely on the ability of the facility's  user to meet its financial  obligations
and the pledge,  if any,  of real and  personal  property  as security  for such
payment.

While, at one time, the pertinent  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code (the
"Code")  permitted  private  activity  bonds  to  bear  tax-exempt  interest  in
connection with virtually any type of commercial or industrial  project (subject
to various  restrictions as to authorized  costs,  size  limitations,  state per
capita volume restrictions, and other matters), the types of qualifying projects
under  the  Code  have  become  increasingly  limited,  particularly  since  the
enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.  Under current  provisions of the Code,
tax-exempt  financing  remains  available,   under  prescribed  conditions,  for
owner-occupied housing, certain privately owned and operated rental multi-family
housing  facilities,  nonprofit  hospital  and nursing  home  projects,  certain
manufacturing or industrial projects,  and solid waste disposal projects,  among
others,  and for the refunding (that is, the tax-exempt  refinancing) of various
kinds of other private commercial  projects  originally financed with tax-exempt
bonds.  In future  years,  the types of projects  qualifying  under the Code for
tax-exempt financing are expected to become increasingly limited.
<PAGE>

Because of terminology  formerly used in the Code, virtually any form of private
activity bond may still be referred to as an "industrial  development bond," but
more and more frequently  revenue bonds have become classified  according to the
particular  type of facility  being  financed,  such as hospital  revenue bonds,
nursing home revenue bonds,  multifamily  housing revenues bonds,  single family
housing  revenue  bonds,  industrial  development  revenue bonds and solid waste
resource recovery revenue bonds.

Tax-exempt bonds are also categorized according to whether the interest is or is
not  includible  in the  calculation  of  alternative  minimum  taxes imposed on
individuals,  according  to whether the costs of acquiring or carrying the bonds
are or are not deductible in part by banks and other financial institutions, and
according to other criteria relevant for Federal income tax purposes. Due to the
increasing complexity of Code and related requirements governing the issuance of
tax-exempt bonds,  industry practice has uniformly  required,  as a condition to
the issuance of such bonds,  but  particularly  for revenue bonds, an opinion of
nationally  recognized  bond counsel as to the tax-exempt  status of interest on
the bonds.

2.       MUNICIPAL NOTES

Municipal Notes  generally are used to provide for short-term  capital needs and
usually have maturities of one year or less. They include the following:

TAX  ANTICIPATION   NOTES  are  issued  to  finance  working  capital  needs  of
municipalities.  Generally,  they are issued in anticipation of various seasonal
tax revenues,  such as income,  sales,  use and business taxes,  and are payable
from these specific future taxes.

REVENUE  ANTICIPATION  NOTES are issued in expectation of receipt of other types
of  revenues,  such as Federal  revenues  available  under the  Federal  Revenue
Sharing Programs.

BOND ANTICIPATION  NOTES are issued to provide interim financing until long-term
financing can be arranged.  In most cases,  the long-term bonds then provide the
money for the repayment of the Notes.

CONSTRUCTION  LOAN  NOTES  are sold to  provide  construction  financing.  After
successful completion and acceptance,  many projects receive permanent financing
through the Federal Housing  Administration  under the Federal National Mortgage
Association or the Government National Mortgage Association.

TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER is a short-term obligation with a stated maturity of
365 days or less.  It is issued by  agencies of state and local  governments  to
finance   seasonal   working  capital  needs  or  as  short-term   financing  in
anticipation of longer term financing.

3.       MUNICIPAL LEASES

Municipal Leases,  which may take the form of a lease or an installment purchase
or conditional  sale  contract,  are issued by state and local  governments  and
authorities to acquire a wide variety of equipment and  facilities  such as fire
and sanitation vehicles,  telecommunications equipment and other capital assets.
Municipal  leases  frequently  have special risks not normally  associated  with
general  obligation  or  revenue  bonds.  Leases  and  installment  purchase  or
conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset
to pass  eventually  to the  government  issuer)  have  evolved  as a means  for
governmental  issuers to acquire  property  and  equipment  without  meeting the
constitutional  and  statutory  requirements  for  the  issuance  of  debt.  The
debt-issuance limitations of many state constitutions and statutes are deemed to
be  inapplicable  because  of the  inclusion  in many  leases  or  contracts  of
"non-appropriation"  clauses that provide  that the  governmental  issuer has no
obligation to make future  payments under the lease or contract  unless money is
appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or
other periodic basis. To reduce this risk, the Fund will only purchase municipal
leases subject to a  non-appropriation  clause when the payment of principal and
accrued interest is backed by an unconditional  irrevocable  letter of credit or
guarantee  of a bank or other  entity that meets the  criteria  described in the
Prospectus.
<PAGE>



<PAGE>



INVESTORS BOND FUND
TAXSAVER BOND FUND

APPENDIX C - HEDGING STRATEGIES


As discussed in the  Prospectus,  the Adviser to each Fund may engage in certain
options  and  futures  strategies  to attempt to hedge a Fund's  portfolio.  The
instruments  in which the Fund may invest  include (i) options on securities and
stock indexes,  (ii) stock index and interest rate futures  contracts  ("futures
contracts"), and (iii) options on futures contracts. Use of these instruments is
subject to regulation by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  the
several options and futures exchanges upon which options and futures are traded,
and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC").

The various hedging and income strategies  referred to herein and in each Fund's
Prospectus are intended to illustrate the type of strategies  that are available
to, and may be used by, the Adviser in managing a Fund's portfolio. Depending on
prevailing market conditions,  use of these strategies may enable the Adviser to
reduce  investment  risks to which a Fund may be subject.  No  assurance  can be
given, however, that any strategies will succeed.

The Funds will not use  leverage  in their  hedging  strategies.  In the case of
transactions  entered  into as a hedge,  a Fund  will hold  securities  or other
options or futures  positions whose values are expected to offset  ("cover") its
obligations  thereunder.  A Fund will not enter  into a  hedging  strategy  that
exposes the Fund to an  obligation to another party unless it owns either (1) an
offsetting ("covered") position or (2) cash, U.S. government securities or other
liquid  assets  with a value  sufficient  at all  times to cover  its  potential
obligations.  Each Fund will comply with guidelines  established by the SEC with
respect to coverage and, if the guidelines so require, will set aside cash, U.S.
government  securities or other liquid  assets in a segregated  account with its
custodian in the prescribed  amount.  Securities,  options or futures  positions
used for cover and assets held in a segregated  account cannot be sold or closed
out while the hedging  strategy is  outstanding,  unless they are replaced  with
similar  assets.  As a result,  there is a possibility  that the use of cover or
segregation  involving  a large  percentage  of a  Fund's  assets  could  impede
portfolio  management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other
current obligations.

OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  The Funds may  purchase  put and call  options  written by
others and write (sell) put and call options  covering  specified  securities or
stock  index-related   amounts.  A  put  option  (sometimes  called  a  "standby
commitment")  gives the buyer of such  option,  upon  payment of a premium,  the
right to deliver a specified  amount of a security or  specified  amount of cash
(on  stock-index  options) to the writer of the option on or before a fixed date
at a predetermined  price. A call option  (sometimes  called a "reverse  standby
commitment") gives the purchaser of the option,  upon payment of a premium,  the
right to call upon the writer to  deliver a  specified  amount of a security  or
specified  amount of cash (on stock-index  options) or before a fixed date, at a
predetermined  price. The  predetermined  prices may be higher or lower than the
market value of the underlying currency or security. A Fund may buy or sell both
exchange-traded  and  over-the-counter  ("OTC") options. A Fund will purchase or
write an option  only if that  option is traded  on a  recognized  U.S.  options
exchange  or if the  Adviser  believes  that a liquid  secondary  market for the
option exists. When a Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the dealer from
which it has purchased the OTC option to make or take delivery of the securities
or currency  underlying the option.  Failure by the dealer to do so would result
in the loss of the premium  paid by the Fund as well as the loss of the expected
benefit of the  transaction.  OTC options and the  securities  underlying  these
options are currently treated as illiquid securities.

A Fund may purchase call options on equity  securities  that the Adviser intends
to  include  in the  Fund's  portfolio  in  order  to fix the  cost of a  future
purchase.  Call options may also be purchased as a means of  participating in an
anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would
be possible if the security itself were purchased.  In the event of a decline in
the price of the underlying security,  use of this strategy would serve to limit
the potential  loss to the Fund to the option premium paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Fund either sells or exercises the option,  any profit  eventually  realized

<PAGE>

will be  reduced by the  premium  paid.  The Funds may  similarly  purchase  put
options in order to hedge against a decline in market value of  securities  held
in its portfolio.  The put enables a Fund to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to the Fund is limited
to the option  premium paid. If the market price of the  underlying  security is
higher than the exercise  price of the put, any profit the Fund  realizes on the
sale of the  security  would be reduced by the  premium  paid for the put option
less any amount for which the put may be sold.

A Fund may write covered call options when the Adviser  believes that the market
value of the  underlying  security  will not  rise to a value  greater  than the
exercise  price plus the premium  received.  Call options may also be written to
provide limited protection against a decrease in the market price of a security,
in an amount equal to the call premium received less any transaction  costs. The
Fund may write covered put options only to effect closing transactions.

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on stock  indices in much the
same manner as the equity and debt security options discussed above, except that
stock index options may serve as a hedge  against  overall  fluctuations  in the
securities  markets  (or market  sectors) or as a means of  participating  in an
anticipated  price  increase  in those  markets.  The  effectiveness  of hedging
techniques  using stock index  options  will depend on the extent to which price
movements  in the stock index  selected  correlate  with price  movements of the
securities which are being hedged.  Stock index options are settled  exclusively
in cash.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. The Funds may effectively
terminate their right or obligation  under an option contract by entering into a
closing transaction.  For instance,  if a Fund wished to terminate its potential
obligation to sell securities under a call option it had written,  a call option
of the same series (an  identical  call option)  would be purchased by the Fund.
Closing  transactions  essentially  permit the Funds to realize profits or limit
losses on its  options  positions  prior to the  exercise or  expiration  of the
option. In addition:

(1) The  successful  use of  options  as a  hedging  strategy  depends  upon the
Adviser's  ability  to  forecast  the  direction  of price  fluctuations  in the
underlying  securities  markets,  or  in  the  case  of a  stock  index  option,
fluctuations in the market sector represented by the index.

(2) Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to nine months.  Options that
expire  unexercised  have no  value.  Unless an  option  purchased  by a Fund is
exercised  or unless a closing  transaction  is  effected  with  respect to that
position, a loss will be realized in the amount of the premium paid.

(3) A  position  in an  exchange  listed  option  may be  closed  out only on an
exchange which  provides a market for identical  options.  Most exchange  listed
options  relate to equity  securities.  Exchange  markets  for  options  on debt
securities  are  relatively  new and the  ability  to  establish  and  close out
positions on the exchanges is subject to the  maintenance of a liquid  secondary
market.  Closing  transactions may be effected with respect to options traded in
the over-the-counter  markets (currently the primary markets for options on debt
securities)  only by  negotiating  directly  with the other  party to the option
contract or in a secondary market for the option if such market exists. There is
no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option
at any specific time. If it is not possible to effect a closing  transaction,  a
Fund would have to exercise  the option  which it  purchased in order to realize
any profit.  The inability to effect a closing  transaction on an option written
by a Fund may result in material losses to that Fund.

(4) The  Funds'  activities  in the  options  markets  may  result  in a  higher
portfolio turnover rate and additional brokerage costs.

FUTURES  STRATEGIES.  Several  interest  rate futures  contracts  currently  are
traded;  these include  various futures  contracts on Treasury bonds,  notes and
bills on the Chicago  Board of Trade as well as a 30 Interest Rate contract also
traded on the Chicago  Board of Trade.  Futures  contracts  on a municipal  bond
index are traded on the  Chicago  Board of Trade.  This index  assigns  relative
values,  which  fluctuate in accordance with current market  conditions,  to the
municipal  bonds  comprising  the index.  Options  on  various of these  futures
contracts are also traded.
<PAGE>

A futures contract is a bilateral  agreement wherein one party agrees to accept,
and the other party agrees to make, delivery of cash or securities as called for
in the contract at a specified  future date and at a specified  price. For stock
index futures  contracts,  delivery is of an amount of cash equal to a specified
dollar amount times the difference  between the stock index value at the time of
the contract and the close of trading of the contract. For interest rate futures
contracts, delivery is of the underlying debt securities.


A Fund may use interest rate futures  contracts and options thereon to hedge its
portfolio  against  changes in the general level of interest  rates.  A Fund may
purchase an interest  rate  futures  contract  when it intends to purchase  debt
securities but has not yet done so. This strategy may minimize the effect of all
or part of an increase in the market price of the debt  security  which the Fund
intended to purchase in the  future.  A Fund may sell an interest  rate  futures
contract in order to continue to receive the income from a debt security,  while
endeavoring to avoid part or all of the decline in market value of that security
which would accompany an increase in interest rates.

A Fund may purchase a call option on an interest rate futures  contract to hedge
against a market advance in debt securities which the Fund planned to acquire at
a future  date.  The  purchase  of a call  option on an  interest  rate  futures
contracts is analogous  to the purchase of a call option on an  individual  debt
security  which can be used as a  temporary  substitute  for a  position  in the
security  itself.  A Fund may also write  covered call options on interest  rate
futures  contracts  as a partial  hedge  against a decline  in the price of debt
securities held in the Fund's portfolio or purchase put options on interest rate
futures  contracts  in order to hedge  against  a  decline  in the value of debt
securities held in the Fund's portfolio.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS TRADING.  The
following relate to each Fund's use of futures  contracts and options on futures
contracts  and, to the extent in the future they were to be  permitted,  foreign
currency  and other  options  traded on a  commodities  exchange  (collectively,
"futures contracts and related options").

No price is paid upon entering into futures  contracts.  Instead,  upon entering
into a futures contract,  a Fund would be required to deposit with its custodian
in a segregated  account in the name of the futures  broker an amount of cash or
U.S. government  securities generally equal to 5% or less of the contract value.
This amount is known as "initial margin." Subsequent payments, called "variation
margin," to and from the broker,  would be made on a daily basis as the value of
the futures  position  varies,  a process known as "marking to the market." When
writing a call option on a futures contract,  variation margin must be deposited
in accordance  with  applicable  exchange  rules.  The initial margin in futures
transactions is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit on the
contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming
all contractual obligations have been satisfied.

Holders and writers of futures  and  related  options can enter into  offsetting
closing transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options, by selling or
purchasing,  respectively,  a futures  contract or related  option with the same
terms as the position  held or written.  Positions in futures  contracts  may be
closed  only on an  exchange  providing  a  secondary  market  for  the  futures
contracts.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits in the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond that limit.  Futures or options  contract  prices could move to the daily
limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading and thereby
prevent prompt  liquidation of positions.  In such event, it may not be possible
for a Fund to close a position,  and in the event of adverse price movements,  a
Fund would have to make daily cash payments of variation  margin  (except in the
case of purchased options). In addition:

(1)  Successful  use by a Fund of futures  contracts  and related  options  will
depend  upon the  Adviser's  ability  to  predict  accurately  movements  in the
direction of the overall  securities  and interest rate markets,  which requires
different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting  changes  in the  prices of
individual  securities.  Moreover,  futures  contracts relate not to the current
level of the underlying  instrument but to the anticipated  levels at some point
in the future;  thus, for example,  trading of index futures may not reflect the
trading of the  securities  which are used to  formulate an index or even actual
fluctuations in the relevant index itself.
<PAGE>

(2) The price of futures contracts may not correlate  perfectly with movement in
the price of the  hedged  securities  due to price  distortions  in the  futures
market.  There may be several  reasons  unrelated to the value of the underlying
securities  which cause this situation to occur. As a result, a correct forecast
of general market trends may still not result in successful  hedging through the
use of futures  contracts  over the short term.  Activities  of large traders in
both the futures and securities markets involving arbitrage and other investment
strategies may result in temporary price distortions.

(3)  Although  the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures only on exchanges or
boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary  market,  there is
no  assurance  that a liquid  secondary  market  will  exist for any  particular
contract at any particular  time. In such event, it may not be possible to close
a futures position, and in the event of adverse price movements, the Funds would
continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

(4) Like other  options,  options on futures  contracts have a limited life. The
Funds  will not trade  options  on futures  contracts  unless and until,  in the
Adviser's opinion,  the market for such options has developed  sufficiently that
the  risks  in  connection  with  options  are not  greater  than  the  risks in
connection with futures transactions.

(5) Purchasers of options on futures contracts pay a premium in cash at the time
of  purchase.  This  amount  and the  transaction  costs is all that is at risk.
Sellers of options on futures  contracts,  however,  must post an initial margin
and are subject to  additional  margin calls which could be  substantial  in the
event of adverse price movements.

(6) Each  Fund's  activities  in the  futures  markets  may  result  in a higher
portfolio  turnover rate and additional  transaction  costs in the form of added
brokerage commissions.



<PAGE>


MAINE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

APPENDIX D - HEDGING STRATEGIES


1.       BOND INDEX FUTURES

Futures  contracts  on a municipal  bond index (the  "Index")  are traded on the
Chicago  Board of Trade.  Maine  Municipal  Bond  Fund may seek to hedge  itself
against changes in interest rates by purchasing and selling futures contracts on
the Index or any  municipal  bond index  hereafter  approved  for trading by the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.  The Index assigns numerical values to the
municipal securities comprising the Index and, based on those values, fluctuates
in accordance with market movements of the municipal bonds comprising the Index.
The  purchaser  or seller of a futures  contract on the Index  agrees to take or
make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the  difference  between a specified
dollar  multiple  of the  value  of the  Index  on the  expiration  date  of the
contract,  "current  contract  value," and the price at which the  contract  was
originally purchased or sold.
No physical delivery of the municipal bonds underlying the Index is made.

BOND INDEX  FUTURES  CHARACTERISTICS.  Unlike the purchase or sale of a specific
security by the Fund, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase
or sale of an index futures  contract.  Initially,  the Fund will be required to
deposit  with the broker  through  which such  transaction  is  effected or in a
segregated  account with the Fund's custodian an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury
bills equal to a specified  dollar  amount per contract as of the date  thereof.
This amount is known as initial margin.  The nature of initial margin in futures
transactions  is different from that of margin in security  transactions in that
futures  contract  margin  does not involve  the  borrowing  of funds to finance
transactions.  Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond
or good  faith  deposit  on the  contract  which is  returned  to the Fund  upon
termination of the futures contract,  assuming all contractual  obligations have
been satisfied.  Subsequent  payments,  called variation margin, to and from the
broker  will be made on a daily  basis  as the  price  of the  underlying  index
fluctuates,  a process  known as "marking to the market." For example,  when the
Fund has  purchased  an index  futures  contract  and the  price of the  futures
contract has risen in response to a rise in the Index,  that  position will have
increased in value and the Fund will receive from the broker a variation  margin
payment  equal  to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  where  the  Fund has
purchased an index  futures  contract and the price of the futures  contract has
declined  in response to a decrease  in the Index,  the  position  would be less
valuable  and the Fund would be required to make a variation  margin  payment to
the broker. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Adviser
may  elect to close the  position  by taking an  opposite  position  which  will
operate to  terminate  the Fund's  position  in the  futures  contract.  A final
determination of variation  margin is then made,  additional cash is required to
be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or gain.

RISKS OF  TRANSACTIONS  IN INDEX FUTURES.  There are several risks in connection
with the use of index futures by the Fund as a hedging  device.  One risk arises
because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the index
futures and the hedge. The price of the index futures may move more than or less
than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the index futures
moves less than the price of the securities  which are the subject of the hedge,
the hedge will not be fully effective but, if the price of the securities  being
hedged  has moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  the Fund  would be in a better
position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities  being
hedged has moved in a favorable  direction,  this  advantage  will be  partially
offset by the loss on the index  future.  If the price of the future  moves more
than the price of the underlying  securities,  the Fund will experience either a
loss or gain on the future which will not be  completely  offset by movements in
the price of the  securities  which are the subject of the hedge.  To compensate
for the  imperfect  correlation  of movements in the price of  securities  being
hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, the Fund may buy or sell
index futures of a greater  contract  value than the dollar amount of securities
being hedged if the  volatility  over a particular  time period of the prices of
such  securities has been greater than the  volatility  over such time period of
the Index, or if otherwise deemed to be appropriate by the Adviser.  Conversely,
the Fund may buy or sell fewer index futures if the volatility over a particular
time  period  of the  prices  of the  securities  being  hedged is less than the
volatility over such time period of the Index,  or it is otherwise  deemed to be
appropriate by the Adviser.  It is also possible  that,  where the Fund has sold
index futures to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market
may advance and the value of  securities  held in the Fund may decline.  If this
occurred,  the Fund would lose money on the future and also experience a decline
in the  value of its  portfolio  securities.  However,  over time the value of a
diversified  portfolio  should tend to move in the same  direction as the Index,
although  there  may  be  deviations   arising  from  differences   between  the
composition of the Fund's portfolios and the securities comprising the Index.
<PAGE>

When index  futures are  purchased to hedge  against  possible  increases in the
price of  municipal  bonds  before  the Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash
equivalents) in municipal bonds in an orderly  fashion,  it is possible that the
market  may  decline  instead.  If the Fund  then  determines  not to  invest in
municipal  bonds at that time because of concern as to possible  further  market
decline or for other reasons,  the Fund will realize a loss on the index futures
that is not offset by a reduction in the price of securities purchased.

In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect correlation, or no
correlation  at all,  between  movements in the index futures and the portion of
the  portfolio  being  hedged,  the  price of index  futures  may not  correlate
perfectly with movement in the Index due to certain market  distortions.  Rather
than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures
contracts  through  offsetting  transactions  which  could  distort  the  normal
relationship between the Index and the index futures markets. Secondly, from the
point of view of  speculators,  deposit  requirements  in the futures market are
less onerous  than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market.  Therefore,
increased  participation  by  speculators  in the index futures  market may also
cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortion in
the index futures market, and because of the imperfect  correlation  between the
movements in the Index and  movements in the price of index  futures,  a correct
forecast  of  general  market  trends by the  Adviser  may still not result in a
successful hedging transaction over a short time frame.

Positions in futures on the Index may be closed out only on the Chicago Board of
Trade which  provides a secondary  market for such  futures.  Although  the Fund
intends to purchase or sell index  futures  only on exchanges or boards of trade
where there appear to be active secondary markets,  there is no assurance that a
liquid  secondary  market on any  exchange  or board of trade will exist for any
particular  contract or at any  particular  time.  In such event,  it may not be
possible  to close an index  futures  investment  position,  and in the event of
adverse price  movements,  the Fund would  continue to be required to make daily
cash payments of variation margin. However, in the event index futures have been
used to hedge portfolio  securities,  such securities will not be sold until the
futures contract can be terminated.  In such  circumstances,  an increase in the
price of the  securities,  if any, may partially or completely  offset losses on
the index futures.  However,  as described above, there is no guarantee that the
price of the securities  will in fact correlate with the price  movements in the
futures markets and thus provide an offset on index futures.

Successful  use of index  futures by the Fund is also  subject to the  Adviser's
ability to predict  correctly  movements in the direction of the municipal  bond
markets.  For  example,  if the Fund has hedged  against  the  possibility  of a
decline in the municipal bond market and bond prices increase instead,  the Fund
will lose part or all of the  benefit of the  increased  value of the  portfolio
securities  which it has hedged  because it will have  offsetting  losses in its
futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient
cash, it may have to sell portfolio  securities to meet daily  variation  margin
requirements.  Such sales of  securities  may, but will not  necessarily,  be at
increased  prices  which  reflect the rising  market.  The Fund may have to sell
portfolio securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

2.       OTHER FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES

The Fund may invest in  certain  other  financial  futures  contracts  ("futures
contracts") and options thereon.  The Fund may sell a futures contract or a call
option thereon or purchase a futures contract or a put option thereon as a hedge
against a decrease  in the value of the Fund's  securities.  A futures  contract
sale creates an obligation by the Fund, as seller,  to deliver the specific type
of  instrument  called for in the  contract  at a  specified  future  time for a
specified price. A futures contract  purchase creates an obligation by the Fund,
as purchaser, to take delivery of the specific type of financial instrument at a
specified  future  time at a specified  price.  The Fund is required to maintain
margin deposits with brokerage firms through which it effects futures  contracts
as described under "Bond Index Futures Characteristics."
<PAGE>

Although the terms of futures  contracts  specify actual  delivery or receipt of
securities, in most instances the contracts are closed out before the settlement
date without the making or taking of delivery of the securities.  Closing out of
a futures  contract is effected by entering into an offsetting  purchase or sale
transaction.  An offsetting  transaction for a futures contract sale is effected
by entering into a futures  contract  purchase for the same aggregate  amount of
the specific type of financial  instrument  and same delivery date. If the price
in the  sale  exceeds  the  price  in  the  offsetting  purchase,  the  Fund  is
immediately  paid the difference and thus realizes a gain. If the purchase price
of the  offsetting  transaction  exceeds  the  sale  price,  the  Fund  pays the
difference and realizes a loss. Similarly, the closing out of a futures contract
purchase is effected by the Fund entering into a futures  contract  sale. If the
offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price,  the Fund realizes a gain, and
if the offsetting sale price is less than the purchase price,  the Fund realizes
a loss.

Unlike a futures contract, which requires the parties to buy and sell a security
on a set date, an option on a futures contract  entitles its holder to decide on
or before a future  date  whether to enter into such a  contract.  If the holder
decides not to enter into the contract, the premium paid for the option is lost.
Since the value of the  option is fixed at the point of sale,  the holder is not
required  to make daily  payments  of cash to reflect the change in the value of
the  underlying  contract  as would be the case for a  purchaser  or seller of a
futures  contract.  The value of the option does change and is  reflected in the
net asset value of the Fund.

Currently,  futures contracts can be purchased on certain debt securities issued
by  the  U.S.  Treasury,   certificates  of  the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association  and bank  certificates  of deposit.  The Fund may invest in futures
contracts covering these types of financial  instruments as well as in new types
of such contracts that become available in the future.

Financial futures  contracts are traded in an auction  environment on the floors
of several  exchanges  --principally,  the Chicago  Board of Trade,  the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange and the New York Futures Exchange.  Each exchange guarantees
performance  under  contract  provisions  through  a  clearing  corporation,   a
nonprofit  organization  managed  by  the  exchange  membership  which  is  also
responsible for handling daily account of deposit or withdrawals of margin.

Investing in futures  contracts  involves  the risks of imperfect  correlations,
secondary market illiquidity and the Adviser's  incorrect  predictions of market
movements, as described under "Bond Index Futures Characteristics."

Put and call options on financial futures have characteristics  similar to those
of other  options.  For a  further  description  of  options,  see "Put and Call
Options" below.

In addition to the risks  associated  with  investing in options on  securities,
there are particular risks  associated with investing in options on futures.  In
particular,  the ability to  establish  and close out  positions on such options
will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market.
It is not certain that this market will develop.

The Fund may not enter into  futures  contracts  or related  options  thereon if
immediately  thereafter (i) the amount  committed to margin plus the amount paid
for option  premiums  exceeds 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets or (ii)
the sum of the current contract values of open futures  contracts  purchased and
sold by the Fund would  exceed 30% of the value of the Fund's total  assets.  In
instances  involving  the purchase of futures  contracts by the Fund,  an amount
equal to the  market  value  of the  futures  contract  will be  deposited  in a
segregated  account of cash and cash equivalents to  collateralize  the position
and thereby insure that the use of such futures contract is unleveraged.

3.       PUT AND CALL OPTIONS

The Fund may purchase  put and call options  written by others and write put and
call options  covering the types of securities  in which the Fund may invest.  A
put option  (sometimes  called a "standby  commitment")  gives the buyer of such
option, upon payment of a premium,  the right to deliver a specified amount of a
security  to  the  writer  of  the  option  on  or  before  a  fixed  date  at a
predetermined  price.  A  call  option  (sometimes  called  a  "reverse  standby
commitment") gives the purchaser of the option,  upon payment of a premium,  the
right to call upon the writer to deliver a specified  amount of a security on or
before a fixed date, at a  predetermined  price.  The Fund will not purchase any
option if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate cost of all outstanding options
purchased by the Fund would exceed 5% of the value of its total  assets;  a Fund
will not  write any  option  (other  than  options  on  futures  contracts)  if,
immediately thereafter,  the aggregate value of its portfolio securities subject
to outstanding options would exceed 30% of its total assets.
<PAGE>

When the Fund writes a put option it maintains  in a segregated  account cash or
U.S.  Government  securities  in an amount  adequate to purchase the  underlying
security should the put be exercised. When the Fund writes a call option it must
own at all times during the option period either the underlying securities or an
offsetting  call option on the same  securities.  If a put option written by the
Fund were  exercised,  the Fund would be obligated  to purchase  the  underlying
security  at the  exercise  price.  If a call  option  written  by the Fund were
exercised,  the Fund would be obligated to sell the  underlying  security at the
exercise price.

The risk  involved  in writing a put option is that there could be a decrease in
the market value of the underlying  security  caused by rising interest rates or
other  factors.  If  this  occurred,  the  option  could  be  exercised  and the
underlying  security  would then be sold to the Fund at a higher  price than its
current  market value.  The risk involved in writing a call option is that there
could be an increase in the market value of the  underlying  security  caused by
declining interest rates or other factors. If this occurred, the option could be
exercised and the underlying  security would then be sold by the Fund at a lower
price than its current  market  value.  These risks could be reduced by entering
into a closing  transaction  as  described  below.  The Fund retains the premium
received  from  writing  a put or  call  option  whether  or not the  option  is
exercised.

The Fund may dispose of an option  which it has  purchased  by  entering  into a
"closing  sale  transaction"  with the  writer of the  option.  A  closing  sale
transaction  terminates  the obligation of the writer of the option and does not
result in the ownership of an option.  The Fund realizes a profit or loss from a
closing sale  transaction if the premium  received from the  transaction is more
than or less than the cost of the option.

The Fund may terminate its  obligation to the holder of an option written by the
Fund through a "closing purchase transaction." The Fund may not, however, effect
a closing purchase  transaction with respect to such an option after it has been
notified of the exercise of such option. The Fund realizes a profit or loss from
a closing  purchase  transaction if the cost of the  transaction is more or less
than the premium received by the Fund from writing the option.



<PAGE>



                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(A)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

         None

 (b)     EXHIBITS.

NOTE: * INDICATES  THAT THE EXHIBIT IS  INCORPORATED  HEREIN BY  REFERENCE.  ALL
REFERENCES TO A  POST-EFFECTIVE  AMENDMENT  ("PEA") OR  PRE-EFFECTIVE  AMENDMENT
("PREEA") ARE TO PEAS AND PREEAS TO REGISTRANT'S  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM
N-1A, FILE NO. 2-67052.

     (1)* Copy of the Trust  Instrument of the Registrant  dated August 29, 1995
          (filed as Exhibit 1 to PEA No. 34 via EDGAR on May 9, 1996,  accession
          number 0000912057-96-008780).

     (2)* Copy of By-Laws of the Registrant  (filed as Exhibit (2) to PEA No. 43
          via EDGAR on July 31, 1997, accession number 0000912057-97-025707)

     (3)  None.

     (4)  (a) Sections 2.04 and 2.06 of Registrant's Trust Instrument provide as
          follows:

                                    "SECTION 2.04 TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Except as
                           otherwise  provided by the Trustees,  Shares shall be
                           transferable  on the records of the Trust only by the
                           record holder thereof or by his agent  thereunto duly
                           authorized in writing,  upon delivery to the Trustees
                           or the  Trust's  transfer  agent  of a duly  executed
                           instrument  of  transfer  and  such  evidence  of the
                           genuineness of such execution and  authorization  and
                           of  such  other  matters  as may be  required  by the
                           Trustees.  Upon such  delivery the transfer  shall be
                           recorded  on the  register  of the Trust.  Until such
                           record is made,  the  Shareholder  of record shall be
                           deemed  to be the  holder  of  such  Shares  for  all
                           purposes  hereunder  and neither the Trustees nor the
                           Trust,  nor any transfer  agent or registrar  nor any
                           officer,  employee  or  agent of the  Trust  shall be
                           affected by any notice of the proposed transfer.
<PAGE>

                                    "SECTION 2.06  ESTABLISHMENT OF SERIES.  The
                           Trust  created  hereby  shall  consist of one or more
                           Series and  separate and  distinct  records  shall be
                           maintained  by the  Trust  for  each  Series  and the
                           assets  associated with any such Series shall be held
                           and accounted for  separately  from the assets of the
                           Trust or any other  Series.  The Trustees  shall have
                           full power and authority,  in their sole  discretion,
                           and without obtaining any prior authorization or vote
                           of the  Shareholders  of any Series of the Trust,  to
                           establish  and  designate and to change in any manner
                           any such  Series of Shares or any  classes of initial
                           or  additional  Series  and to fix such  preferences,
                           voting  powers,  rights and privileges of such Series
                           or classes  thereof as the  Trustees may from time to
                           time  determine,  to divide or combine  the Shares or
                           any  Series or  classes  thereof  into a  greater  or
                           lesser  number,  to classify or reclassify any issued
                           Shares or any Series or classes  thereof  into one or
                           more  Series or classes  of Shares,  and to take such
                           other  action  with  respect  to  the  Shares  as the
                           Trustees may deem desirable.  The  establishment  and
                           designation of any Series shall be effective upon the
                           adoption  of  a  resolution  by  a  majority  of  the
                           Trustees   setting  forth  such   establishment   and
                           designation  and the relative  rights and preferences
                           of the Shares of such Series.  A Series may issue any
                           number of Shares  and need not issue  shares.  At any
                           time  that  there are no  Shares  outstanding  of any
                           particular   Series   previously    established   and
                           designated,  the  Trustees  may  by a  majority  vote
                           abolish  that  Series  and  the   establishment   and
                           designation thereof.

                                    "All  references  to  Shares  in this  Trust
                           Instrument shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all
                           Series,  or  classes  thereof,  as  the  context  may
                           require.  All provisions herein relating to the Trust
                           shall apply equally to each Series of the Trust,  and
                           each class thereof,  except as the context  otherwise
                           requires.

                                    "Each  Share of a Series of the Trust  shall
                           represent  an equal  beneficial  interest  in the net
                           assets  of such  Series.  Each  holder of Shares of a
                           Series  shall be  entitled  to  receive  his pro rata
                           share of all distributions  made with respect to such
                           Series.   Upon   redemption   of  his  Shares,   such
                           Shareholder shall be paid solely out of the funds and
                           property of such Series of the Trust."

         (5)   (a)* Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and
                    Forum  Advisors,  Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 5(a) to PEA No. 33
                    via   EDGAR   on   January   5,   1996,   accession   number
                    0000912057-96-000216).

               (b)* Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and
                    H.M.  Payson & Co. relating to the Payson Value Fund and the
                    Payson  Balanced  Fund (filed as Exhibit  5(b) to PEA No. 33
                    via   EDGAR   on   January   5,   1996,   accession   number
                    0000912057-96-000216).

               (c)* Investment  Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Quadra
                    Capital  Partners,  L.P. (filed as Exhibit (5)(c) to PEA No.
                    41  via  EDGAR  on  December  31,  1996,   accession  number
                    0000912057-96-030646).

               (d)* Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  between  Quadra  Capital
                    Partners, L.P. and Anhalt/O'Connell,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit
                    (5)(d)  to PEA  No.  41 via  EDGAR  on  December  31,  1996,
                    accession number 0000912057-96-030646).

               (e)* Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  between  Quadra  Capital
                    Partners,  L.P. and Carl Domino  Associates,  L.P. (filed as
                    Exhibit (5)(e) to PEA No. 41 via EDGAR on December 31, 1996,
                    accession number 0000912057-96-030646).

               (f)* Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  between  Quadra  Capital
                    Partners,  L.P. and  McDonald  Investment  Management,  Inc.
                    (filed as Exhibit (5)(f) to PEA No. 41 via EDGAR on December
                    31, 1996, accession number 0000912057-96-030646).
<PAGE>

               (g)* Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  between  Quadra  Capital
                    Partners,  L.P. and LM Capital  Management,  Inc.  (filed as
                    Exhibit (5)(g) to PEA No. 41 via EDGAR on December 31, 1996,
                    accession number 0000912057-96-030646).

               (j)  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between the  Registrant and
                    Austin Investment Management,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit (5)(j)
                    to PEA No. 43 via EDGAR on July 31, 1997,  accession  number
                    0000912057-97-025707).

               (k)  Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Oak
                    Hall Capital Advisors,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit (5)(k) to PEA
                    No.  43  via  EDGAR  on  July  31,  1997,  accession  number
                    0000912057-97-025707).

               (l)* Investment   Advisory   Agreement   between   Norwest   Bank
                    Minnesota,  N.A. and Core Trust (Delaware) relating to Index
                    Portfolio  (filed as  Exhibit  5(a) ro  Amendment  No. 5 the
                    Registration  Statement of Core Trust (Delarware),  File No.
                    811-8858,  via EDGAR on September 30, 1996, accession number
                    0000912057-96-021568).

               (m)* Investment   Advisory  Agreement  between  Schroder  Capital
                    Management  International,  Inc. and Schroder Capital Funds,
                    relating  to  Schroder  U.S.  Smaller  Companies  Portfolio,
                    International Equity Fund and Schroder Emerging Markets Fund
                    Institutional Portfolio (filed as Exhibit 5 to Amendment No.
                    1 to the  Registration  Statement of Schroder Capital Funds,
                    File No. 811-9130,  via EDGAR on August 9, 1996,  accesssion
                    number 0000898432-96-000341.

         (6)   (a)* Form  of  Management  and  Distribution   Agreement  between
                    Registrant  and Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  (filed as
                    Exhibit  6(a) to PEA No. 33 via EDGAR on  January  5,  1996,
                    accession number 0000912057-96-000216).

               (b)* Form of Distribution  Services  Agreement between Registrant
                    and Forum Financial Services, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 6(b) to
                    PEA No. 33 via EDGAR on January 5,  1996,  accession  number
                    0000912057-96-000216).

               (c)* Form of Selected  Dealer  Agreement  between Forum Financial
                    Services, Inc. and securities brokers (filed as Exhibit 6(c)
                    to PEA 21).

               (d)* Form of Bank Affiliated  Selected Dealer  Agreement  between
                    Forum Financial Services,  Inc. and bank affiliates filed as
                    Exhibit 6(d) of PEA 21).

               (e)  Form of  Administration  Agreement  between  Registrant  and
                    Forum Administrative Services, LLC (filed as Exhibit 6(e) to
                    PEA No.  43 via  EDGAR on July 31,  1997,  accession  number
                    0000912057-97-025707).

               (f)  Form of Distribution  Agreement between Registrant and Forum
                    Financial  Services,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 6(f) to PEA No.
                    43  via   EDGAR  on  July   31,   1997,   accession   number
                    0000912057-97-025707).

         (7)      None.

         (8)   (a)* Form of Transfer  Agency  Agreement  between  Registrant and
                    Forum Financial  Corp.  (filed as Exhibit 8(a) to PEA No. 33
                    via   EDGAR   on   January   5,   1996,   accession   number
                    0000912057-96-000216).
<PAGE>

               (b)* Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and the First
                    National Bank of Boston (filed as Exhibit 8(b) to PEA No. 33
                    via   EDGAR   on   January   5,   1996,   accession   number
                    0000912057-96-000216).

         (9)   (a)* Form of Management  Agreement  between  Registrant and Forum
                    Financial  Services,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 9(a) to PEA No.
                    33  via  EDGAR  on  January  5,   1996,   accession   number
                    0000912057-96-000216).

          (10)*Opinion  of  Seward & Kissel  dated  January  5,  1996  (filed as
               Exhibit 10 of PEA No. 33 via EDGAR on January 5, 1996,  accession
               number 0000912057-96-000216).

          (11) None.

          (12) None.

          (13)*Investment  Representation  letter  of  Reich  &  Tang,  Inc.  as
               original  purchaser of shares of registrant  (filed as Exhibit 13
               to Registration Statement).

          (14)*Form of  Disclosure  Statement and  Custodial  Account  Agreement
               applicable to individual retirement accounts (filed as Exhibit 14
               of PEA No. 21).

         (15)   a)* Form of Rule 12b-1 Plan adopted by the Registrant  (filed as
                    Exhibit 15 of PEA No. 16).

               (b)* Rule 12b-1 Plan  adopted by the  Registrant  with respect to
                    the Payson Value Fund and the Payson Balanced Fund (filed as
                    Exhibit 8(c) of PEA No. 20).

          (16) Schedule of Sample Performance  Calculations (filed as Exhibit 16
               to PEA No.  43 via  EDGAR  on July  31,  1997,  accession  number
               0000912057-97-025707).


         Other Exhibits*:

               Powers of  Attorney  (filed as Exhibit 99 to PEA No. 34 via EDGAR
               on May 9, 1996, accession number 0000912057-96-008780).

ITEM 25. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.

         None.

ITEM 26. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1997


         TITLE OF CLASS                                        NUMBER OF HOLDERS
         --------------                                       ------------------
         Investors Bond Fund                                                  74
         TaxSaver Bond Fund                                                   48
         Daily Assets Cash Fund                                               15
         Daily Assets Treasury Fund                                           73
         Daily Assets Government Fund                                          0
         Daily Assets TaxSaver Fund                                            0
         Payson Value Fund                                                   312
         Payson Balanced Fund                                                378
         Maine Municipal Bond Fund                                           387
         New Hampshire Bond Fund                                              78
         Austin Global Equity Fund                                            12
         Oak Hall Equity Fund                                                199
         Quadra Limited Maturity Treasury Fund                                 4
         Quadra Value Equity Fund                                             16
         Quadra International Equity Fund                                     10
         Quadra Opportunistic Bond Fund                                        6


<PAGE>

ITEM 27. INDEMNIFICATION.

     In accordance with Section 3803 of the Delaware Business Trust Act, SECTION
5.2 of the Registrant's Trust Instrument provides as follows:

         "5.2.    INDEMNIFICATION.

                  "(a)    Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in
                  Section (b) below:

                           "(i) Every  Person who is, or has been,  a Trustee or
                  officer of the Trust  (hereinafter  referred  to as a "Covered
                  Person")  shall be  indemnified  by the  Trust to the  fullest
                  extent  permitted  by law  against  liability  and against all
                  expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with
                  any  claim,  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which he becomes
                  involved as a party or  otherwise by virtue of being or having
                  been a Trustee or officer and against amounts paid or incurred
                  by him in the settlement thereof;

                           "(ii)  The  words  "claim,"   "action,"   "suit,"  or
                  "proceeding"  shall  apply to all  claims,  actions,  suits or
                  proceedings  (civil,  criminal or other,  including  appeals),
                  actual or threatened  while in office or  thereafter,  and the
                  words  "liability"  and  "expenses"  shall  include,   without
                  limitation, attorneys' fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in
                  settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

                  "(b)     No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a 
                  Covered Person:

                           "(i) Who shall  have been  adjudicated  by a court or
                  body before which the  proceeding was brought (A) to be liable
                  to the Trust or its Holders by reason of willful  misfeasance,
                  bad faith,  gross  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of the
                  duties involved in the conduct of the Covered  Person's office
                  or (B)  not to have  acted  in good  faith  in the  reasonable
                  belief that Covered  Person's  action was in the best interest
                  of the Trust; or

                           "(ii) In the event of a settlement,  unless there has
                  been a  determination  that such  Trustee or  officer  did not
                  engage in willful misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or
                  reckless  disregard  of the duties  involved in the conduct of
                  the Trustee's or officer's office,

                           "(A) By  the  court  or  other  body  approving   the
                           settlement;

                           "(B) By at least a majority of those Trustees who are
                           neither  Interested  Persons  of the  Trust  nor  are
                           parties to the matter  based upon a review of readily
                           available  facts  (as  opposed  to a full  trial-type
                           inquiry); or

                           "(C) By written opinion of independent  legal counsel
                           based  upon a review of readily  available  facts (as
                           opposed to a full trial-type inquiry);

                  provided,  however,  that any Holder may, by appropriate legal
                  proceedings,  challenge any such determination by the Trustees
                  or by independent counsel.
<PAGE>

                  "(c) The  rights of  indemnification  herein  provided  may be
         insured  against  by  policies   maintained  by  the  Trust,  shall  be
         severable,  shall not be  exclusive  of or affect  any other  rights to
         which any  Covered  Person  may now or  hereafter  be  entitled,  shall
         continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall
         inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such
         a  person.   Nothing  contained  herein  shall  affect  any  rights  to
         indemnification  to which Trust personnel,  other than Covered Persons,
         and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

                  "(d)  Expenses  in  connection   with  the   preparation   and
         presentation of a defense to any claim,  action,  suit or proceeding of
         the  character  described in  paragraph  (a) of this Section 5.2 may be
         paid  by the  Trust  or  Series  from  time  to  time  prior  to  final
         disposition  thereof upon receipt of an  undertaking by or on behalf of
         such  Covered  Person  that such amount will be paid over by him to the
         Trust or Series if it is ultimately  determined that he is not entitled
         to  indemnification  under this Section 5.2;  provided,  however,  that
         either (a) such Covered Person shall have provided appropriate security
         for such  undertaking,  (b) the Trust is insured against losses arising
         out of any  such  advance  payments  or (c)  either a  majority  of the
         Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to
         the matter,  or independent  legal counsel in a written opinion,  shall
         have  determined,  based upon a review of readily  available  facts (as
         opposed to a trial-type inquiry or full  investigation),  that there is
         reason to believe  that such Covered  Person will be found  entitled to
         indemnification under this Section 5.2.

                  "(e)  Conditional  advancing of  indemnification  monies under
         this  Section 5.2 for actions  based upon the 1940 Act may be made only
         on the  following  conditions:  (i) the  advances  must be  limited  to
         amounts used, or to be used, for the  preparation or  presentation of a
         defense to the action,  including  costs connected with the preparation
         of a  settlement;  (ii)  advances  may be made only upon  receipt  of a
         written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay that amount
         of the  advance  which  exceeds  that  amount  which  it is  ultimately
         determined  that he is entitled to receive  from the Trust by reason of
         indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a surety
         bond, other suitable  insurance or an equivalent form of security which
         assures that any  repayments may be obtained by the Trust without delay
         or litigation,  which bond, insurance or other form of security must be
         provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
         of the Trust's  disinterested,  non-party  Trustees,  or an independent
         legal  counsel  in a written  opinion,  shall  determine,  based upon a
         review of readily  available  facts,  that the recipient of the advance
         ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

                  "(f) In case any Holder or former  Holder of any Series  shall
         be held to be  personally  liable  solely by  reason  of the  Holder or
         former  Holder  being or having  been a Holder of that  Series  and not
         because of the Holder or former  Holder acts or  omissions  or for some
         other  reason,  the  Holder or former  Holder  (or the Holder or former
         Holder's   heirs,    executors,    administrators    or   other   legal
         representatives,  or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its
         corporate  or other  general  successor)  shall be entitled  out of the
         assets belonging to the applicable  Series to be held harmless from and
         indemnified  against all loss and expense  arising from such liability.
         The Trust, on behalf of the affected Series, shall, upon request by the
         Holder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Holder for any
         act or obligation  of the Series and satisfy any judgment  thereon from
         the assets of the Series."

Paragraph 4 of each  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  provides in  substance  as
follows:

         "4. We shall  expect of you,  and you will give us the benefit of, your
         best  judgment  and efforts in rendering  these  services to us, and we
         agree as an  inducement  to your  undertaking  these  services that you
         shall not be liable  hereunder  for any  mistake of  judgment or in any
         event whatsoever,  except for lack of good faith, provided that nothing
         herein shall be deemed to protect,  or purport to protect,  you against
         any  liability to us or and to our security  holders to which you would
         otherwise  be subject by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
         gross  negligence in the  performance of your duties  hereunder,  or by
         reason  of your  reckless  disregard  of your  obligations  and  duties
         hereunder."

Paragraphs  3(f) and (g) and  paragraph  5 of the  Management  and  Distribution
Agreement provide as follows:
<PAGE>

         "(f) We agree to indemnify,  defend and hold you, your several officers
         and  directors,  and any person who  controls you within the meaning of
         Section 15 of the  Securities  Act,  free and harmless from and against
         any and all claims,  demands,  liabilities and expenses  (including the
         cost of investigating or defending such claims,  demands or liabilities
         and any counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith) which you, your
         officers and directors or any such controlling  person may incur, under
         the Securities Act, or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or
         based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
         our  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus in effect from time to time
         under the  Securities  Act or arising  out of or based upon any alleged
         omission  to state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated in either
         thereof or  necessary  to make the  statements  in either  thereof  not
         misleading;   provided,  however,  that  in  no  event  shall  anything
         contained  in this  paragraph  3(f) be so  construed  as to protect you
         against any liability to us or our security  holders to which you would
         otherwise be subject by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or
         gross  negligence in the  performance  of your duties,  or by reason of
         your  reckless  disregard  of your  obligations  and duties  under this
         paragraph.  Our agreement to indemnify you, your officers and directors
         and any such controlling  person as aforesaid is expressly  conditioned
         upon our  being  notified  of any  action  brought  against  you,  your
         officers  and   directors  or  any  such   controlling   person,   such
         notification  to be given by letter or by telegram  addressed  to us at
         our  principal  office  in New York,  New  York,  and sent to us by the
         person  against  whom such action is brought  within ten days after the
         summons  or other  first  legal  process  shall have been  served.  The
         failure so to notify us of any such  action  shall not  relieve us from
         any liability  which we may have to the person against whom such action
         is brought by reason of any such alleged  untrue  statement or omission
         otherwise than on account of our indemnity  agreement contained in this
         paragraph  3(f).  We will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit
         brought  to  enforce  any such  claim,  and to retain  counsel  of good
         standing  chosen by us and approved by you. In the event we do elect to
         assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
         approved by you, the  defendant or  defendants  in such suit shall bear
         the fees and  expenses  of any  additional  counsel  retained by any of
         them;  but in case we do not elect to assume  the  defense  of any such
         suit,  or in case you do not  approve of counsel  chosen by us, we will
         reimburse you or the  controlling  person or persons named as defendant
         or  defendants  in such suit,  for the fees and expenses of any counsel
         retained by you or them.  Our  indemnification  agreement  contained in
         this  paragraph  3(f) and our  representations  and  warranties in this
         agreement  shall  remain   operative  and  in  full  force  and  effect
         regardless  of any  investigation  made by or on  behalf  of you,  your
         officers and directors or any controlling  person and shall survive the
         sale of any shares of our common stock made  pursuant to  subscriptions
         obtained by you. This agreement of indemnity will inure  exclusively to
         your benefit, to the benefit of your successors and assigns, and to the
         benefit of your officers and directors and any controlling  persons and
         their  successors  and assigns.  We agree promptly to notify you of the
         commencement  of any litigation or proceeding  against us in connection
         with the issue and sale of any shares of our common stock.

         "(g) You agree to indemnify,  defend and hold us, our several  officers
         and directors, and person who controls us within the meaning of Section
         15 of the  Securities  Act,  free and harmless from and against any and
         all claims, demands,  liabilities,  and expenses (including the cost of
         investigating or defending such claims,  demands or liabilities and any
         reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which we, our
         officers or directors,  or any such controlling  person may incur under
         the Act or under common law or  otherwise,  but only to the extent that
         such liability, or expense incurred by us, our officers or directors or
         such  controlling  person  resulting  from such claims or demands shall
         arise  out of or be  based  upon  any  alleged  untrue  statement  of a
         material fact contained in  information  furnished in writing by you in
         your  capacity  as  distributor  to us  for  use  in  our  Registration
         Statement or  Prospectus  in effect from time to time under the Act, or
         shall  arise out of or be based upon any  alleged  omission  to state a
         material fact in connection with such information required to be stated
         in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make such
         information  not  misleading.  Your  agreement  to  indemnify  us,  our
         officers and directors, and any such controlling person as aforesaid is
         expressly  conditioned  upon your being  notified of any action brought
         against us, our officers or directors or any such  controlling  person,
         such notification to be given by letter or telegram addressed to you at
         your  principal  office in New York,  New York,  and sent to you by the
         person  against whom such action is brought,  within ten days after the
         summons or other first legal process shall have been served.  You shall
         have a right to control the  defense of such  action,  with  counsel of
         your own choosing,  satisfactory  to us, if such action is based solely
         upon such  alleged  misstatement  or omission on your part,  and in any
         other event you and we, our officers or  directors or such  controlling
         person  shall  each have the right to  participate  in the  defense  or
         preparation of the defense of any such action. The failure so to notify
         you of any such action shall not relieve you from any  liability  which
         you  may  have  to  us,  to  our  officers  or  directors,  or to  such
         controlling  person by reason of any such untrue  statement or omission
         on your part  otherwise  than on  account of your  indemnity  agreement
         contained in this paragraph 3(g).
<PAGE>

         "5 We shall  expect of you,  and you will give us the  benefit of, your
         best  judgment  and efforts in rendering  these  services to us, and we
         agree as an  inducement  to your  undertaking  these  services that you
         shall not be liable  hereunder  for any  mistake of  judgment or in any
         event whatsoever,  except for lack of good faith, provided that nothing
         herein shall be deemed to protect,  or purport to protect,  you against
         any  liability  to us or to our  security  holders  to which  you would
         otherwise  be subject by reason or  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
         gross  negligence in the  performance of your duties  hereunder,  or by
         reason  of your  reckless  disregard  of your  obligations  and  duties
         hereunder."


Section 9(a) of the Distribution Services Agreement provides:

         "The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Underwriter,  and
         any person who controls the  Underwriter  within the meaning of Section
         15 of the  Securities  Act,  free and harmless from and against any and
         all claims,  demands,  liabilities and expenses  (including the cost of
         investigating or defending such claims,  demands or liabilities and any
         counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Underwriter or
         any such  controlling  person may incur,  under the  Securities  Act or
         under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged
         untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  contained  in  the  Company's
         Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  or Statement of  Additional
         Information  in effect from time to time under the  Securities  Act and
         relating  to the  Fund or  arising  out of or based  upon  any  alleged
         omission to state a material  fact required to be stated in any thereof
         or  necessary  to make the  statements  in any thereof not  misleading;
         provided,  however, that in no event shall anything herein contained be
         so construed as to protect the Underwriter against any liability to the
         Company  or  its  security  holders  to  which  the  Underwriter  would
         otherwise  be subject by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
         gross negligence in the performance of its duties,  or by reason of the
         Underwriter's  reckless  disregard of its  obligations and duties under
         this  agreement.  The Company's  agreement to indemnify the Underwriter
         and any controlling  person as aforesaid is expressly  conditioned upon
         the Company's being notified of the  commencement of any action brought
         against  the  Underwriter  or  any  such   controlling   person,   such
         notification  to be given by letter  or by  telegram  addressed  to the
         Company at its principal  office in New York, New York, and sent to the
         Company by the person  against  whom such action is brought  within ten
         days after the  summons or other first  legal  process  shall have been
         served.  The Company will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit
         brought  to  enforce  any such  claim,  and to retain  counsel  of good
         standing chosen by the Company and approved by the Underwriter.  In the
         event the  Company  elects to assume  the  defense of any such suit and
         retain  counsel  of good  standing  approved  by the  Underwriter,  the
         defendants  in the  suit  shall  bear  the  fees  and  expenses  of any
         additional  counsel  retained  by any of them;  but in case the Company
         does  not  elect  to  assume  the  defense  of the  suit or in case the
         Underwriter  does not  approve of counsel  chosen by the  Company,  the
         Company will  reimburse the  Underwriter or the  controlling  person or
         persons  named  defendant  or  defendants  in the suit for the fees and
         expenses of any counsel retained by the Underwriter or such person. The
         indemnification  agreement  contained  in this  Section 9 shall  remain
         operative and in full force and effect  regardless of any investigation
         made by or on behalf of the Underwriter or any  controlling  person and
         shall   survive  the  sale  of  the  Fund's  shares  made  pursuant  to
         subscriptions obtained by the Underwriter.  This agreement of indemnity
         will  inure  exclusively  to the  benefit  of the  Underwriter,  to the
         benefit  of its  successors  and  assigns,  and to the  benefit  of any
         controlling  persons  and their  successors  and  assigns.  The Company
         agrees  promptly to notify the  Underwriter  of the  Underwriter of the
         commencement  of any  litigation or  proceeding  against the Company in
         connection  with the issue  and sale of any of shares of the Fund.  The
         failure to do so notify the  Company  of the  commencement  of any such
         action  shall not relieve the Company from any  liability  which it may
         have to the person  against whom the action is brought by reason of any
         alleged untrue  statement or omission  otherwise than on account of the
         indemnity agreement contained in this Section 9."
<PAGE>

In so far as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933  (the  "Securities  Act")  may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
the Registrant in the successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being  registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court
of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 28. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISERS.

Forum Advisors, Inc.

         The   descriptions   of  Forum   Advisors,   Inc.   under  the  caption
         "Management-Adviser"  in the  Prospectus  and  Statement of  Additional
         Information  relating to the  Investors  Bond Fund,  the TaxSaver  Bond
         Fund, the Daily Assets Cash Fund, the Daily Assets Government Fund, the
         Daily Assets  Treasury  Fund,  the Maine  Municipal  Bond Fund, the New
         Hampshire   Bond  Fund,   constituting   certain  of  Parts  A  and  B,
         respectively,   of  the  Registration  Statement  are  incorporated  by
         reference herein.

         The following are the directors and officers of Forum  Advisors,  Inc.,
         Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine 04101,  including their business
         connections which are of a substantial nature.

         John Y. Keffer, President and Secretary.

                    Chairman and President of the Registrant; President of Forum
                    Financial  Services,  Inc. and of Forum Financial Corp., Mr.
                    Keffer is a director  and/or  officer of various  registered
                    investment   companies   for  which   Forum   Administrative
                    Services,  LLC serves as  administrator  and for which Forum
                    Financial  Services,  Inc. serves as manager,  administrator
                    and/or distributor.

         Sara M. Morris, Treasurer.

                    Treasurer  of Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc. and of Forum
                    Financial  Corp.,  Ms.  Morris  is  an  officer  of  various
                    registered  investment  companies for which Forum  Financial
                    Services,  Inc.  serves  as  manager,  administrator  and/or
                    distributor.

         David I. Goldstein, Secretary.

                    Secretary  of Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc. and of Forum
                    Financial  Corp.,  Mr.  Goldstein  is an  officer of various
                    registered    investment    companies    for   which   Forum
                    Administrative  Services  serves  as  administrator  and for
                    which  Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  serves as manager,
                    administrator and/or distributor.

         Margaret J. Fenderson, Assistant Treasurer.

                    Ms.  Fenderson  is Assistant  Treasurer  of Forum  Financial
                    Services, Inc. and of Forum Financial Corp.

         Dana Lukens, Assistant Secretary.

                    Mr.  Lukens  is  Assistant   Secretary  of  Forum  Financial
                    Services, Inc. and of Forum Financial Corp.

H.M. Payson & Co.
<PAGE>

         The  descriptions of H.M. Payson & Co. under the caption  "Management -
         Adviser" in the  Prospectus  and Statement of  Additional  Information,
         with  respect to the Payson  Value Fund and the Payson  Balanced  Fund,
         constituting   certain  of  Parts  A  and  B,  respectively,   of  this
         Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein.

          The following are the  directors and principal  executive  officers of
          H.M. Payson & Co., including their business connections which are of a
          substantial  nature.  The address of H.M. Payson & Co. is One Portland
          Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         Adrian L. Asherman, Managing Director.

               Portfolio  Manager  of H.M.  Payson  & Co.  since  1955,  General
               Partner from 1964 to 1987 and Managing  Director  since 1987. His
               address is One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         John C. Downing, Managing Director and Treasurer.

               Portfolio Manger of H.M. Payson since 1983 and Managing  Director
               since 1992.  Mr.  Downing has been  associated  with H.M.  Payson
               since 1983. His address is One Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine
               04101.

         William A. Macleod, Managing Director.

               Portfolio  Manager of H.M.  Payson & Co.  since 1984 and Managing
               Director  since  1989.  His  address  is  One  Portland   Square,
               Portland, Maine 04101.

         Thomas M. Pierce, Managing Director.

               Portfolio  Manager  of H.M.  Payson  & Co.  since  1975,  General
               Partner from 1981 to 1987 and Managing  Director  since 1987. His
               address is One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         Peter E. Robbins, Managing Director.

               Portfolio Manager of H.M. Payson & Co. since 1992, except for the
               period from January 1988 to October 1990. During that period, Mr.
               Robbins was  president of Mariner  Capital  Group,  a real estate
               development and non-financial asset management business.  General
               Partner  of H.M.  Payson & Co.  from 1986 to 1987,  and  Managing
               Director from 1987 to 1988, and since 1993.

         John H. Walker, Managing Director and President.

               Portfolio  Manager  of H.M.  Payson  & Co.  since  1967,  General
               Partner from 1974 to 1987, and Managing  Director since 1987. Mr.
               Walker  is also a  Director  of York  Holding  Company  and  York
               Insurance Company. His address is One Portland Square,  Portland,
               Maine 04101.

         Teresa M. Esposito, Managing Director.

               Managing Director of H.M. Payson & Co. since 1995. Her address is
               One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         John C. Knox, Managing Director.

               Managing Director of H.M. Payson & Co. since 1995. His address is
               One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.
<PAGE>

         Harold J. Dixon, Managing Director and Secretary.

               Managing Director of H.M. Payson & Co. since 1995. His address is
               One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         Laura McDill, Managing Director.

               Managing Director of H.M. Payson & Co. since 1995. Her address is
               One Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

Austin Investment Management, Inc.

       The description of Austin Investment  Management,  Inc. under the caption
       "Management  - Adviser" in the  Prospectus  and  Statement of  Additional
       Information  with respect to the Austin Global Equity Fund,  constituting
       part of Parts A and B, respectively,  of this Registration  Statement are
       incorporated by reference herein.

       The following is the director and principal  executive  officer of Austin
       Investment  Management,  Inc. 375 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10152,
       including his business connections which are of a substantial nature.

       Peter Vlachos, Director, President Treasurer and Secretary

Oak Hall Capital Advisors, Inc.

       The  description  of Oak Hall Capital  Advisors,  Inc.  under the caption
       "Management  - Advisor" in the  Prospectus  and  Statement of  Additional
       Information with respect to the Oak Hall Equity Fund,  constituting  part
       of  Parts A and B,  respectively,  of  this  Registration  Statement  are
       incorporated by reference herein.

       The following are the directors and principal  executive officers of, Oak
       Hall Capital  Advisors,  Inc. 122 East 42nd  Street,  New York,  New York
       10168,  including their business  connections  which are of a substantial
       nature.

       Alexander G. Anagnos, Director and Portfolio Manager.

            Consultant to American Services Corporation and Financial Advisor to
            WR Family Associates.

       Lewis G. Cole, Director.

             Partner, the Law Firm of Strook, Strook & Lavan.

       John C. Hathaway, President, director and Portfolio Manager.

       John J. Hock, Executive Vice President.

       Charles D. Klein, Portfolio Manager.

             Director, American Securities Corporation and Financial  Advisor to
             WR Family Associates.

       David P. Steinmann, Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer.

             Administrator WR Family Associates and Secretary and Treasurer of
             American Securities Corporation.
<PAGE>

Carl Domino Associates, L.P.

       The  description  of Carl  Domino  Associates,  L.P.  under  the  caption
       "Management  - Advisor" in the  Prospectus  and  Statement of  Additional
       Information  with respect to the Quadra  Value Equity Fund,  constituting
       part of Parts A and B, respectively,  of this Registration  Statement are
       incorporated by reference herein.

       The following are the directors and principal executive officers of, Carl
       Domino  Associates,  L.P., 580 Village Blvd.,  West Palm Beach,  FL 33409
       including their business connections which are of a substantial nature.

       Carl J. Domino, Managing Partner & Portfolio Manager.

       Paul Scoville, Jr., Senior Portfolio Manager.

       Ann Fritts Syring, Senior Portfolio Manager.

       John Wagstaff-Callahan, Senior Portfolio Manager.

               Prior   to   joining   Carl   Domino   Associates,    L.P.,   Mr.
               Wagstaff-Callahan  was  a  Trustee  with  Batterymarch  Financial
               Management, Boston, Massachusetts.

       Stephen Krider Kent, Jr., Senior Portfolio Manager.

               Prior to joining  Carl Domino  Associates,  L.P.,  Mr. Kent was a
               Senior  Portfolio  Manager  with Gamble,  Jones  Holbrook & Bent,
               Carlsbad, California.

Anhalt/O'Connell, Inc.

       The description of Anhalt/O'Connell, Inc. under the caption "Management -
       Advisor" in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information  with
       respect to the Quadra Limited Maturity  Treasury Fund,  constituting part
       of  Parts A and B,  respectively,  of  this  Registration  Statement  are
       incorporated by reference herein.

       The following are the  directors  and  principal  executive  officers of,
       Anhalt/O'Connell,  Inc.,  345  South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite  303,  Los
       Angeles,  CA,  including  their  business  connections  which  are  of  a
       substantial nature.

       Paul Edward Anhalt, Managing Director and Chairman.

               Mr. Anhalt is also a partner of Anhalt/O'Connell,  a partnership,
               and was formerly  Managing  Director and Consulting  Economist of
               Trust Company of the West.

       Michael Frederick O'Connell, Managing Director

               Mr.   O'Connell  is  also  a  partner  of   Anhalt/O'Connell,   a
               partnership,  and was formerly Managing Director of Trust Company
               of  the  West  and  Vice  President  of  Institutional   Research
               Services, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

LM Capital Management, Inc.

       The  description  of LM  Capital  Management,  Inc.,  under  the  caption
       "Management  - Advisor" in the  Prospectus  and  Statement of  Additional
       Information  with  respect  to  the  Quadra   Opportunistic   Bond  Fund,
       constituting  part of Parts A and B,  respectively,  of this Registration
       Statement are incorporated by reference herein.

       The following are the directors and principal  executive  officers of, LM
       Capital Management,  Inc., including their business connections which are
       of a substantial nature.
<PAGE>

       Luis Malzel, Managing Director.

       John Chalker, Managing Director

McDonald Investment Management, Inc.

       The  description  of  McDonald  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  under the
       caption  "Management  -  Advisor"  in the  Prospectus  and  Statement  of
       Additional  Information with respect to the Quadra  International  Equity
       Fund,  constituting  part  of  Parts  A  and  B,  respectively,  of  this
       Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein.

       The  following are the  directors  and  principal  executive  officers of
       McDonald   Investment   Management,   Inc.,   including   their  business
       connections which are of a substantial nature.

       John McDonald, President and Chief Investment Officer.

       Ron Belcot, Vice President - Research and Trading.

       Bill Hallman, Vice President.

       Ray DiBernardo, Vice President., Managing Director

             Mr. DiBernardo was formerly a portfolio manager with Royal Trust.

Smith Asset Management Group, L.P.

       The description of Smith Asset Management Group,  L.P., under the caption
       "Management  -  Investment  Advisory  Services"  in  the  Prospectus  and
       Statement of  Additional  Information  with respect to the Quadra  Growth
       Fund,  constituting  part  of  Parts  A  and  B,  respectively,  of  this
       Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein.

       The following are the directors and principal executive officers of Smith
       Asset Management Group, L.P.,  including their business connections which
       are of a substantial nature.

       Mr. Stephen Smith, Chief Investment Officer

ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER.

         (a)      Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  Registrant's  underwriter,
                  serves as underwriter to Core Trust (Delaware), The CRM Funds,
                  The Cutler Trust, The Highland Family of Funds, Monarch Funds,
                  Norwest Funds, Norwest Select Funds and Sound Shore Fund, Inc.

         (b)      John Y. Keffer,  President of Forum Financial Services,  Inc.,
                  is the  Chairman  and  President  of the  Registrant.  Sara M.
                  Morris is the Treasurer of Forum Financial Services.  David I.
                  Goldstein, Secretary of Forum Financial Services, Inc., is the
                  Secretary  of the  Registrant.  Margaret J.  Fenderson  is the
                  Assistant Treasurer of Forum Financial Services, Inc. and Dana
                  Lukens is the Assistant Secretary of Forum Financial Services,
                  Inc. Their business address is Two Portland Square,  Portland,
                  Maine 04101.

         (c)      Not Applicable.
<PAGE>

ITEM 30. LOCATION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.

         The majority of the accounts,  books and other documents required to be
maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the Rules
thereunder are maintained at the offices of Forum Administrative  Services,  LLC
and Forum Financial  Corp.,  Two Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine 04101.  The
records  required  to be  maintained  under  Rule  31a-1(b)(1)  with  respect to
journals of receipts and deliveries of securities and receipts and disbursements
of cash are maintained at the offices of the Registrant's  custodian,  The First
National Bank of Boston, 100 Federal Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02106. The
records  required  to be  maintained  under  Rule  31a-1(b)(5),  (6) and (9) are
maintained at the offices of the Registrant's  adviser or subadviser,  as listed
in Item 28 hereof.

ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

         Not Applicable.

ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS.

(i)      Registrant  undertakes  to furnish each person to whom a prospectus  is
         delivered  with  a  copy  of  Registrant's   latest  annual  report  to
         shareholders  relating to the  portfolio or class  thereof to which the
         prospectus relates upon request and without charge.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company  Act  of  1940,  the  Registrant  certifies  that  it  meets  all of the
requirements for effectiveness of this Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule
485(a) under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and has duly caused this  amendment to
its  Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereto duly authorized, in the City of Portland, and State of Maine on the 17th
day of October, 1997.

                                                   FORUM FUNDS


                                                   By: /s/ John Y. Keffer
                                                       ----------------------
                                                       John Y. Keffer, President

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this amendment to
the Registrant's  Registration  Statement has been signed below by the following
persons on the 17th day of October, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                                                          <C>
                      SIGNATURES                                                TITLE
                      ----------                                                -----
(a)      Principal Executive Officer

              /s/ John Y. Keffer                                                President
              ------------------                                                and Chairman
              John Y. Keffer                                                    

(b)      Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

              /s/ Robert B. Campbell                                            Treasurer
             -----------------------
              Robert B. Campbell

(c)      A majority of the Trustees

              /s/ John Y. Keffer                                                Trustee
              ----------------------
              John Y. Keffer

              James C. Cheng*                                                   Trustee
              J. Michael Parish*                                                Trustee
              Costas Azariadis*                                                 Trustee

              By: /s/ John Y. Keffer
                  --------------------
                  John Y. Keffer
                  Attorney in Fact*

</TABLE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission